Assignments and Quizzes Part III - For Merge 2

M101 Quiz No 1 Sept 18, 2020 (Pass before 12:00 MN)
A. Perform the operation then simplify.

1. 18x3 – 7x2(7x – 3) – 6x(3x – 9)
2. (a2n – 7an + 12)(an + 3)
3 6 4 2 5 3 3 3
28 r s t −49 r s t −rs t
3. 3 2
7 rs t
4. (s – 3s – 14s – 2) ÷ (s – 6) by synthetic division
4 2
5. (8xy + 7wz)(8xy – 5wz)
B. Factor the following.

1. (2x + 3y)2 – 36
2. 5x2 + 12xy + 4y2
3. x2 – y 2 + x – y
C. Simplify.
1. √ 3 z3 −6 z 2 w +3 zw2
2. √
5 4 x 3 + 7x√ 8 x + √ 2 x – 2x√ 9 x
D. Solve as required.
2 x−7 4+ x
1. = ; Solve for x.
3 4
a
2. s= ; Solve for r.
1−r
E. Solve for x.
1. x2 + 15x + 50 = 0
a). By completing the squares.
b). By factoring (if possible)
c). By quadratic equation.
Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio
A. Solve as required the following:

1. A newly married couple is planning to have 3 children. List the elements of the sample space S1 using the
letter M for “male” and F for “female”. Define a second sample space S2 where the elements represent
the number of females.
2. An experiment consists of asking 3 women at random if they wash their dishes with brand X detergent.
(a). List the elements of a sample space S using the letter Y for “yes” and N for “no”.
(b). List the elements of S corresponding to event E that at least 2 of the women use brand X.
(c). Define an event that has as its elements the points {YYY, NYY, YYN, NYN}.
3. Consider the sample space S={auto, bus, train, bicycle, boat, motorcycle, airplane} representing various
modes of travel, and the events
A = {bus, train, airplane}, B = {train, auto, boat}, C = {bicycle}
List the elements of the sets corresponding to the following events;
(a). A’ ∪ B (b). B ∩ C’ ∩ A (c). (A’ ∪ B) ∩ (A’ ∩ C)
4. Draw the Venn diagram of the given operations.
(a). (A ∩ B) ∪ C’ (b). (B’ ∪ C’) ∩ A

A. Find the solution set of the following:

1. 5x + y = 10
3x + 2y = 12
2. 5x + 3y ≥ 60
2x + 5y ≤ 40
x ≥0, y ≥ 0
B. Formulate the mathematical models of the given situations.

1. A farmer has 40 hectares of farm on which to plant rice and corn. The rice needs 4 units of insecticide and
2 units fertilizer per hectare, while corn requires 3 units of insecticide and 6 units of fertilizer. He has at
least 90 units of insecticide and at least 120 units of fertilizer available. His average profit per hectare on
rice is P15,000 and P10,000 for corn. How many hectares of each crop should he plant to maximize his
average profit?
2. The Philippine Feeds Inc. produces specially blended feed supplements. It has an order of 400 pounds of
the mixture. This consists of 2 ingredients; P, a source of protein and C, a source of carbohydrate.
The first ingredient P, costs P6 a pound. The second ingredient C, costs P16 a pound. The mixture cannot
be more than 150 pounds P, and it must have at least 200 pounds C. The company’s problem is to
determine how much of each ingredient to use to minimize cost, but satisfy the requirements.
C. Convert the following into a new program of equations.

1. Max P = 50x + 40y
s.t. 2x + y = 12
2x + 3y ≤ 24
2x + 9y ≥ 36
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
2. Min C = 20x + 10y + 80z
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
A. Differentiate the following:

1. r = ln2sin θ
2. w = csc 2x cot22x
3
t
3. x= 2
1+ 3t
4. y = Arctan ln x
3
5. y = x 2 e−x
B. Evaluate the following integrals:
1. ∫ x (2−4 x 2 )4 dx
2
( 2+ √ x )
2. ∫ √ x dx
3 dy
3. ∫ 3
( 2 y −1) 2
C. Evaluate the following definite integrals:
2
1. ∫ ( 3 x−4 ) ( x−6 ) dx
1
1
a
2
ydy
2. ∫ 1
0 2 2 2
(a − y )

M114 Quiz No 1 Sept 24, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)
General Direction: Solve as required.
1. Solve for x then check 4x2 + 3x + 5 = 0

2. Decide whether the statement is a theorem or not. If it is a theorem, prove it. If it is not, give a
counterexample.
a). There exists one integer n such that n2 + 4 = 8.
b). the square of every odd integer is one more than an integral multiple of 4.
2 2
n (n+1)
3. Mathematical Induction. Show that 13 + 23 + 33 + … + n3 = .
4
4. Given: U = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}
A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9}, B = {0, 2, 4, 5, 7} c = {1, 3, 6, 8, 9}
Find: a). (A ∆ C) ∩ (B – A)
b). [B – (A ∪ C)] ∆ (C ∩ B)
5. Draw the Venn diagrams of the given operations.
a). (A ∪ B) – (C ∆ A)
b). (C ∩ B) ∆ A
M123 Quiz No 2 Oct 09, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)

1. How many distinct permutations can be made from the letters of the word “infinity”?
2. Consider the following:
a). How many ways can 6 people be lined up to get on a bus?
b). If a certain 3 persons insist on following each other, how many ways are possible?
c). If a certain 2 persons refuse to follow each other, how many ways are possible?
3. If A, B, and C are mutually exclusive events and P(A)=0.2, P(B)=0.3, and P(C)=0.2, find
a). P(A U B U C) b). P[A’ ∩ (B U C)] c). P(B U C’)’
Hint: Construct Venn diagram and fill in the probabilities associated w/ each region.
4. In a game of Yahtzee, where 5 dice are tossed simultaneously, find the probability of getting (a). 2
pairs (b). 4 of a kind.
A. Find the solution set by the graphical method:

1. Max P = 18x + 10y
s.t. 4x + 2y ≤ 10
2x + 4y ≤ 14
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
2. Min C = 3x + 12y
s.t. 5x + y ≤ 32
x + 3y ≥ 12
x ≥0, y ≥ 0
B. Use Informal simplex method, simplex in tableau format , and method by Dantzig to solve the
following:
1. Max xo = 10x + 20y
s.t. 3x + 4y ≥ 12
4x + y ≤ 8
2x + y ≥ 6
x ≥0, y ≥ 0

A. Determine whether the given sets are equivalent relations.

1. Let A = R* where R*= R \ {0}
Define aRb if ab ¿ 0.
2. Let A = Z where Z is a set of integers
a−b
Define aRb if 2|a-b read as “2 divides a-b or 2 is a factor of a-b”. (Written as )
2
B. Given : α :R→R β :R→R

2
x +1
Define by α : x → 2x - 1 β :x→
2
Find: a). (x)αβ
b). (x) βα
c). (x)αα
d). (x) ββ
C. Show whether γ :RxR→RxR

(x,y) →(-x,-y)
is bijective.
A. Evaluate the following intervals.

dx
1. ∫ x ln4 x
sin 2t dt
2. ∫ 4−3 cos 2t
∫ z e 4 z dz
2
3.
4. ∫ x (2 ¿ ¿−x 2 )dx ¿
5. ∫ tan2 3 y dy
B. Determine the area bounded by the following : y2 = 4x – 8, x = 4, first quadrant, using
a). vertical element
b). horizontal element.
MATH 107 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 A
Group A – Isolde Basco, Carlo del Rosario Jr., Christ Jun Olarte, Khan Gleen Dale Naval
A. Refresher course. Differentiate the following.
1. y = 2x log10 (4x2 – 1)
2. y = ln2 (1 + e-2t)2
2
3t
3. x = 2
1−3 t
B. Evaluate the following integrals.
4
(1+2 lnx)
1. ∫ 2 x dx
sec θ tanθ dθ
2. ∫
2 sec θ+3
x
e dx
3. ∫ 3
x 2
( 6 e + 1)
2
4. ∫
cos 2 x dx
1−sin 2 x
C. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas
1. ∫ 2 cos 3 2 x sin 4 2 x dx
2. ∫ tan4 2 y dy
D. Applications. Determine the area as prescribed of the region bounded by the given equations.
1. Boundaries: line 3x – 4y + 8 = 0; line y = 2; and line x = 4
Using vertical elements.
2. Boundaries: parabola y = x2; line y = 3x
Using horizontal elements.
MATH 107 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 B
Group B – Angel Villarmino, Jonil Villaroya, Aurelyn Zamora
A. Refresher course. Differentiate the following.

1. y = x2 log10 (3x2 – 1)
2. y = ln3 (1 - e2t)3
2
1−3 t
3. x= 2
4t
B. Evaluate the following integrals.

3
(1−lnx)
1. ∫ 3x
dx
csc θ cot θ dθ
2. ∫
1−csc θ
2θ
e dθ
3. ∫ 1
2θ
(1+3 e ) 2
2
4. ∫
sin 2 y dy
1+ cos 2 y
C. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas

1. ∫ 3 sin 3 2 x cos 4 2 x dx
2. ∫ cot 4 3 x dx
D. Applications. Determine the area as prescribed of the region bounded by the given equations.
Group A – KP Agad, LB Ambalong, K Ampusta, FR Coma, ML Matunhay, JM Segura
A. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

1. 15x2 - 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x)
2. (a2n – 7an + 12)(an + 3)
3. Divide (2x3 – 11x2y + 13xy2 – 4y3) by (x – 4y)
4. Factor x3y4 – 25xd6
5.
√3 r 2 s ∙ √ 15 rs5
√ 80 rs
B. Solve for the unknowns as required.
5x 2x 3x
1. –4= - Solve for x.
6 3 2
n(a−t)
2. s = Solve for t.
2−n
3. 5x2 + 2x – 16 = 0 Solve for x using completing the squares.
C. Find the solution sets of the given inequality in interval form. Plot the solution set in a graph.
x−1 x−2
1. +x≤4-
5 3
2. ¿ 8 – 2x |¿ 7
3. 2x2 – 3x – 2 ≥ 0 Using Method 1 (Cases)
D. Find the domain and range of the given functions. Plot respective graphs.
{
2
1. f(x) ¿
x −3if ∧x >0
x+ 2if ∧x ≤ 0
2. f(x) = sgn (x + 1) + U(x)
E. For the functions f(x) = x2 – 4x + 3 and g(x) = √ 2 x +1. Find the following.
1. g(x + a) – f(a)
2. g ° f

1. 13x3 - 6x2(3 - 7x) – 6x(3x - 9)
2. (b2m – 4bm + 10)(bm - 1)
3. Divide (18y3 – 18y2 - 6) by (4y2 + 2 – 3y)
4. Factor y3x6 – 16yd8
c √ 4 cd
5.
√32 c 2 d 2
3x 1 x
1. –x= - Solve for x.
10 2 5
2(a+t )
2. s = Solve for t.
n+1
3. 2x2 - 5x – 18 = 0 Solve for x using completing the squares.
x+1 x−2
1. x- ≥ +5
3 2
2. ¿ 2x + 8 |¿ 9
3. - 3x2 + 5x + 2 ≤ 0 Using Method 1 (Cases)
D. Find the domain and range of the given functions. Plot respective graphs.
{
2
1. f(x) ¿
2−x if ∧x <1
2 x−1 if ∧x ≥ 1
3. f(x) = U (x) + sgn (x - 1)
E. For the functions f(x) = x2 – 4x + 3 and g(x) = √ 2 x +1. Find the following.
1. f(x + a) – g(a)
2. f ° g
MATH 115 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021
A. Formulate the mathematical model of the following linear problem. Use table to show solutions.
1. A trash-removal company carries industrial waste in sealed containers in its fleet of trucks. Each container from P & V Corp. weighs 6
pounds and is one cubic feet in volume, while each container from R & S Corp. weighs 12 pounds and is 4 cubic feet in volume. The
company charges the P & V Corp. P6.00 for each container carried on a trip and P3.00 for each container from the R & S Corp. If a
truck cannot carry more than 18,000 pounds and cannot accommodate more than 5,000 cubic feet in volume, how many containers
from each company should be carried in one truck on each trip to maximize the income of the trash-removal company?
2. An animal food producer mixes two types of animal food: x and y. Each unit of x costs P100.00 and contains 40 grams of fat, 20
grams of protein and 1600 calories. Each unit of y costs P80.00 and contains 60 grams of fat, 60 grams of protein and 1200 calories.
Suppose the producer wants each unit of the final product to yield at least 360 grams of fat, at least 240 grams of protein and at
least 9600 calories, how many of each type of grain should the producer use to minimize his cost?
B. Convert the following inequalities into a new program of equations.
1. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
Subject to: 2x + y ≤ 12 Subject to: x+y≥6
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y = 20
2x + 3y = 24 2x + y ≤ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
C. Solve the following linear problems as prescribed. Draw conclusion for each solutions.
1. Use graphical method. Max P = 5x + 2y
s.t. x ≤ 20
y ≤ 30
x + y ≤ 48
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
2. Use informal simplex method. Max P = 5x + 4y
s.t. 2x + y = 12
2x + 3y ≥ 24
2x + 9y ≤ 36
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
3. Use table form by Dantzig. Min C = 20x + 10y + 80z
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0
Group A – Virlex Albelda, Ivan Mar Alvarez, Isolde Basco, John Jacob Galos, Kizel Marie Lumantas
A. Solve as required.
1. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a). (A ∆ C) – (B ∩ C)
b). [(A – B) ∩ (A ∪ C)] ∆ (B ∆ C)
c). (B ∩ C) x (A – B)
a). [A ∪ B ∪ C] ∩ (A – B)
b). (B ∆ C) ∩ (A ∪ B)
3. Given: α : R → R, β :R→R
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β :x→
3
a). (x)α 2 β
b). (x)α β 2
c). (x) β 3
B. Proving.
2 2
n (n+1)
1. Mathematical Induction. Show that 13 + 23 + 33 + … + n3 =
4
2. Equivalence Relations.
Let A=R
Define aRb if |x| = |y|
3. Show whether the given relation is bijective.
Let β : R* → R where R* = R \ {0}
1
β :x→
x
Group B – Charisse Marie Monera, Arnold Soliva, Krezzle Kaye Villacastin, Angel Villarmino
1. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a). (B ∆ C) – (A ∩ C)
b). [(B ∩ C) - (A ∆ C)] ∆ (A ∪ B)
c). (A - C) x (B ∩ C)
a). (A ∩B) ∆ (B ∪ C)
b). (B ∪ A) - (A ∩ C)
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β :x→
3
a). (x) β 2 α
b). (x) β α 2
c). (x)α 3
B. Proving.
n(2 n−1)(2 n+1)
3
Let A=R
Define aRb if |x - y| ≤ 3
Let γ :Z→Z
γ : x → 2x + 1
A. Operation with Events.
1. An experiment involves tossing a die and then flipping a coin once if the number on the die is even. If the
number on the die is odd, the coin is flipped twice. Using the notation 4H, for example, to denote the simple
event that the die comes up 4 then the coin comes up heads, and 3HT to denote the simple event that the
die comes up 3 followed by a head and then a tail on the coin, list the 18 elements of the sample space S.
2. If S = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}, A = {2,4,7,9}, B = {1,3,5,7,9}, C = {2,3,4,5}, and D={1,6,7}, list the elements of the sets
corresponding to the following events:
(a). A’ ∪ C (b). B ∩ C’ (c). (S ∩ B’)’
(d). (C’ ∩ D) ∪ B (e). (B ∩ C’) ∪ A (f). A ∩ C ∩ D’
B. Counting Sample Points.
3. (a). How many three-digit numbers can be formed from the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6 if each digit can only be used once?
(b). How many of these are odd numbers?
(c). How many are greater than 330?
4. From a group of 4 men and 5 women, how many committees of size 3 are
possible (a). with no restrictions?
(b). with 1 man and 2 women?
(c). with 2 men and 1 woman if a certain man must be on the
committee?
C. Probability of an Event.
5. Find the errors in each of the following statements:
(a). The probabilities that an automobile salesperson will sell 0, 1, 2, or 3 cars on
any given day in February are respectively, 0.19, 0.38, 0.29, and 0.15.
(b). The probability that it will rain tomorrow is 0.40 and the probability that it
will not rain is 0.52.
(c). The probabilities that a printer will make 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 or more mistakes in
printing a document are, respectively, 0.19, 0.34, -0.25, 0.43, and 0.29.
(d). On a single draw from a deck of playing cards the probability of selecting a
heart is ¼, the probability of selecting a black card is ½, and the probability
of selecting both a heart and a black card is 1/8.
6. If A and B are mutually exclusive events and P(A)=0.3 and P(B)=0.3, and P(C)=0.2,
find (a). P(A ∪ B) (b). P(A’ ) (c). P(A’ ∩ B).
7. If 3 books are picked at random from a shelf containing 5 novels, 3 books of
poems, and a dictionary, what is the probability that
(a). the dictionary is selected?
(b). 2 novels and 1 book of poems are selected?
M114 Finals Quiz No 1 Nov 16, 2020 (Pass on or before 10:00 PM)
A. Prove whether the following qualifies as a group.

1. The set Z (base 6) and the operation * or ¿ Z6, *¿.
2. The set of integers and the operation ∙ or ¿ Z, ∙>¿ .
B. Solve for the unknowns in the operations. Show detailed computations.
3. a*b-1*x*b*c-1 = c-1*b-1*a-1
4. y*b*c-1*a-1*a = c*a
C. Solve as required in the problems.
5. Add: (Base 5) 13420 + 43221 + 44333 + 21334 = ?
6. Multiply: (Base 4) 2231 X 3302 = ?
7. What is 111011 (base 2) in base 10?
8. Convert 789 (base 10) to base 7.
D. Application. The calendar has 12 months. If this month is November, what will be the month after 132 months had
passed? Show solution.
General direction: Solve the following problems as required.

1. Linear Equations. A line passes through (-3,-9) and is perpendicular to the line 5x+y-4=0. Find its equation. Plot
respective graphs.
2. Number Relation Problems. The smallest of three consecutive integers is added to twice the largest producing a
result 15 less than four times the middle integer. Find the smallest integer.
3. Mixture Problem . One container holds a 3% saline solution (salt dissolved in water) and a second container holds a
7% saline solution. How many liters of each is needed to make 8 liters of a 4% saline solution?
4. Work Problem. Juan can do a piece of work in 10 days. After he has worked 2 days, Pedro comes to help him and
together they finish it in 3 days. In how many days could Pedro alone have done the work?
5. Motion Problem. A bus leaves a station and travels at the rate of 40 miles/hour. Two hours later a second bus
leaves the same station and travels in the same direction at 60 miles/hour. How many miles from the station will
the second bus overtakes the first bus?
6. Investment Problems. Luis invests one-third of his capital at 3% and the remainder at 4%. What is his capital if his
total income is P4,400.00?
7. Age Problems. I am 6 years older than my sister. My brother is 6 years older than I am. The sum of all our ages is 72
years. How old is my sister?
8. Geometric Problems. The perimeter of a rectangle is 56 inches. The width is 1 inch more than one half the length.
Find the dimensions of the rectangle.
9. Ratio Problems. Jose paid P600.00 for a shirt and a hat. If the ratio of the costs of these articles was 9:1, how much
did he pay for each?
10. Proportion Problems. If 2-1/2 kilos of rice costs P61.25, how much rice of the same kind can one be able to buy for
P147.00?
11. Variation Problems. The surface area of a sphere varies directly as the square of the radius r. If S=16 π square
inches when r = 2 inches, find r when S = 100 π square inches?
E. Prove whether the following qualifies as a group.

10. The set Z (base 6) and the operation * or ¿ Z6, *¿.
11. The set of integers and the operation ∙ or ¿ Z, ∙>¿ .
F. Solve for the unknowns in the operations. Show detailed computations.

12. a*b-1*x*b*c-1 = c-1*b-1*a-1
13. y*b*c-1*a-1*a = c*a
G. Solve as required in the problems.

14. Add: (Base 5) 13420 + 43221 + 44333 + 21334 = ?
15. Multiply: (Base 4) 2231 X 3302 = ?
16. What is 111011 (base 2) in base 10?
H. Application. The calendar has 12 months. If this month is November, what will be the month after 132 months had
passed? Show solution.
M115 Quiz No 1 Nov. 17, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)
1. Use Big M to solve the given linear problem

Min C = 20x + 10y + 80z
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
2. Use Two-Phase Simplex Method to solve the following

Max P = 50x + 40y
s.t. 2x + y = 12
2x + 3y ≤ 24
2x + 9y ≥ 36
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
M107 Finals Quiz No 1 Nov 19, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)
Evaluate the following as prescribed:
A. Inverse Trigonometric Functions
x dx
1. ∫ 9+ x 4
dy
2. ∫
√ 9−4 y 2
B. Integration by Parts
3. ∫ ye −2 y dy
4. ∫ x arctan x dx
C. Integration by Substitution
dx
5. ∫ 1+ √ x
D. Trigonometric Substitution
6. ∫ √16+ 4 x 2 dx
E. Rational Functions
( 5 x−4 ) dx
7. ∫ 3
x +4 x
2
4 dx
8. ∫ x 3−4 x2 +8 x
M123 Quiz No 2 Nov 20, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)
A. Solve as required the following: ( In all cases, show your detailed solutions)
1. A class in advance physics is comprised of 10 juniors, 30 seniors, and 10 graduate students. The final grades showed
that 3 of the juniors, 10 of the seniors, and 5 of the graduate students received an A for the course. If a student is
chosen at random from this class and is found to have earned an A, what is the probability that he or she is a senior?
2. The probability that an automobile being filled with gasoline will also need an oil change is 0.25; the probability that it
needs a new filter is 0.40; and the probability that both the oil and filter need changing is 0.14.
(a). If the oil had to be changed, what is the probability that a new oil filter is needed?
(b). If a new filter oil is needed, what is the probability that the oil has to be changed?
3. In a box, there are 2 red balls and 4 yellow ones.
(a). If a ball is drawn and replaced, and a second ball is drawn, what is the probability
that the first ball is red and the second ball is yellow?
(b). What is the probability that the balls will be a red and yellow combination in any
order?
4. A town has 2 fire engines operating independently. The probability that a specific fire engine is available when needed
is 0.96.
(a). What is the probability that neither is available when needed?
(b). What is the probability that a fire engine is available when needed?
5. A coin is biased so that a head is thrice as likely to occur as a tail. If the coin is tossed 3 times, what is the probability
of getting
(a). exactly 2 tails?
(b). exactly 3 heads?
M107 Finals Quiz No 2 Dec 03, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)
General Directions: Solve for the volume of the solids of revolution prescribed. Plot graphs for every respective problems
showing essential parts of elements, points and revolved solid.
2
1. Boundaries: Parabola y =
4x + 2; line y = 6; y – axis
9
a). When revolved about the y – axis using Disk method.
b). When revolved about the x – axis using Ring method.
2. Boundaries: Lines x – y + 1 = 0, 3x + 2y – 12 = 0; y – axis

a). When revolved about the x – axis using Cylindrical Shell method.
b). When revolved about the y – axis using any one method of your choice.
M101 Finals Quiz No 2 Dec 07, 2020 (Pass on or before 10:00 PM)

A. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions. Solve for x.
1. ex + 10e-x =7
2. ln (x+1) + ln (x – 2) = ln 4
B. Complex Numbers. Solve for x and express answers as a + bi.
3. (4 + i)x = 2 – 5i
4. x2 + 5ix – 6 = 0
C. Sequence Functions.
5. What is the 10th term of the sequence {9, 13, 21, … , (5 + 2n+1), …}?
6. Find the formula of the sequence {2, 4/3, 1, 4/5, 2/3, …}.
D. Series.
10
7. Expand ∑ (−1)n x n.
n=4
8. Rewrite as a summation notation x + 2x2 + 3x3 + 4x4 + … + 25x25.
E. Arithmetic Series.
9. If {6, a, b, c, 42} is an arithmetic sequence, find a, b, and c.
π π π 2π 11π
10. Find the sum + + + +…+ .
6 3 2 3 6
F. Geometric Series.
11. Find the common ratio of the series {4, 8, 12, 16, …}.
12. The common ratio is 5. The 10th term is 3125. List the first 5 terms.
1. Suppose that colored balls are distributed in three indistinguishable boxes as follows:
Box
1 2 3
Red 2 4 3
White 3 1 4
Blue 5 3 3
A box is selected at random from which a ball is drawn at random.
(a). Find the probability that the ball is red.
(b). Given that the ball is red, what is the probability that box 3 was selected.
2. From a box containing 4 dimes and 2 nickels, 3 coins are selected at random without replacement. Find the probability
distribution for the total T of the 3 coins. Express the probability distribution graphically as a probability histogram.
3. Let W be a random variable giving the number of heads minus the number of tails in three tosses of a coin. Find the
probability distribution of the random variable W assuming the coin is biased so that a head is twice as likely to occur as a
tail.
1. Let R2 = R x R = {(a,b)/a,b ε R} be the group with binary operations given by

(a,b) + (c,d) = (a+c, b+d).
Show H = {(0,b)/b ε R} is a subgroup of R.
2. Consider ¿R, ∙>¿ and ¿R+, +¿
Define ∅ : R → R+
∅ : x → ex
Show whether the related groups is isomorphic.
3. Transform as a single permutation in S10 and as disjoint cycles. Find its order.
a).
[ 13 ][
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 2 8 10 6 7 1 5 9 2 4 1 8 10 6 7 3 5 9 1 4 2 3 8 10 7 5 6 ][
b). (3 2 8)(5 3 10 6)(1 5 7 8)
c). Write 3a and 3b as transpositions.

1. Fill up the initial table using NWC then write the decision using Stepping Stone Method.
Factory A B Supply
1 3 2 5
Warehouse 2 2 4 10
3 2 6 15
Demand 18 12
2. Fill up the initial table using VAM then write the decision using MODI.
Distributors Supply
A B C
Plants 1 20 10 5 500
2 5 10 20 600
Demand 400 300 400
3. Engr. Morales has to assign 4 teams to work on 4 projects. The costs charged by each team are as
follows. Costs are in thousands of pesos. Determine the least cost of assignment. Use Hungarian method
in the reduction of amounts.
Projects
1 2 3 4
Teams A 15 18 20 16
B 18 17 14 20
C 21 20 13 15
D 17 15 18 19
MATH 107 ● Final Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 A

I. Identify the following (10%).
1. _______ - f(x) in the expression F(x) =∫ f (x )dx is called.
2. _______ - f(x)dx in the expression F(x) = ∫ f (x )dx is called.
3. _______ - an arbitrary additive constant in the indefinite integration process.
4. _______ - the region successfully bounded by curves and/or lines for area computation.
5. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a triangle is revolved around an axis.
6. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a rectangle is revolved around an axis.
7. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a circle is revolved around one of its
tangent line.
8. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a semicircle is revolved around an axis.
9. _______ - dimension of a solid derived after revolving a plane area around an axis.
b
10. _______ - a and b in the definite integral ∫ f (x )dx.
a
II. Evaluate the following integrals (40%).
x dx
1. Inverse Trigonometric Function. ∫ 9+ x 4
2. Integration by Parts. ∫ x √3−x dx
3. Integration by Substitution. ∫ cos √t dt
dx
4. Trigonometric Substitution. ∫ 2
√ 4 x −4
( 5 x +3 ) dx
5. Rational Functions. ∫ x 2 (x+1)(x−3)
III. Applications (50%)
1. The region is bounded by a parabola y = 9 – x2, the line y = 5 and the y-axis in the first quadrant. Determine the
volume of the solid formed by revolving the region as follows:
a). about the y-axis using disk method.
b). about the x-axis using ring method.
c). about the line y = 5 using shell method.
2. The region is bounded by the line y = 2x + 1, x-axis and the line x = 2. Using any method, find the volume of the solid
formed when revolved
a). about the x-axis
b). about x = 2.
MATH 107 ● Final Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 B
I. Identify the following (10%).

1. _______ - F(x) in the expression F(x) = ∫ f (x )dx is called.
2. _______ - process involved as antiderivative.
b
3. _______ - a and b in the definite integral ∫ f (x )dx.
a
4. _______ - the region successfully bounded by curves and/or lines for area computation.
5. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a semicircle is revolved around an axis.
6. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a circle is revolved around one of its
tangent line.
7. _______ - dimension of a solid derived after revolving a plane area around an axis.
8. _______ - an arbitrary additive constant in the indefinite integration process.
9. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a triangle is revolved around an axis.
10. _______ - solid formed when a plane area of a rectangle is revolved around an axis.
II. Evaluate the following integrals (40%).
y dy
1. Inverse Trigonometric Function. ∫
√ 25− y 4
2. Integration by Parts. ∫ x (1−2 x )7 dx
3. Integration by Substitution. ∫ √e x −9dx
dy
4. Trigonometric Substitution. ∫ y (16+ y 2)2
( 5 x+3 ) dx
5. Rational Functions. ∫ x 2 (x 2−4)
III. Applications (50%)
1. The region is bounded by a parabola y = 9 – x2, the line y = 3 and the y-axis in the first quadrant. Determine the
volume of the solid formed by revolving the region as follows:
a). about the y-axis using disk method.
b). about the x-axis using ring method.
c). about the line y = 3 using shell method.
2. The region is bounded by the line y = 2x + 1, x-axis and the line x = 3. Using any method, find the volume of the solid
formed when revolved
a). about the x-axis
b). about x = 3.
I. Explain in your own words the following given terms or phrases (15%).
1. Bijective 6. Binary operations
2. Cyclic 7. Subgroup
3. Base 2 8. Disjoint cycles
4. Transposition 9. Isomorphic
5. Order of the cycles 10. Permutation
II. Solve as required of the problems (45 %).
A. Add (Base 5): 4322 + 1443 + 20`11 + 4322
B. Multiply (Base 4):3212 x 322
C. Convert 4322 (base 6) to base 2
< Z 4 , ⋅4 >
D. Solve for x in: a-1*b*x*b-1*c = c*b
E. Determine whether cyclic or not. Write its elements and order.
F. Transform as a single permutation in S8 and as disjoint cycles. Find its order.
(2 4 8)(1 5 2 4)(1 5 6 8)
III. Proving and Applications (40%).
A. Let G = { ( ac db) ε M2(R) / ad-bc ≠ 0}. Show whether < ( a0 bc) , + > is a group.
B. Consider < R+, +> and <R, ⋅ >.

Define ∅ : R+ → R
∅ : x → log x
Show that it is an isomorphism.
C. Today is Tuesday. What day will be 354 days from now and 207 days before today? Show solutions.

1. Bijective 6. Disjoint Cycles

2. Base 2 7. Isomorphic
3. Cyclic ` 8. Order of the cycles
4. Binary Operations 9. Subgroup
5. Transposition 10. Permutation
A. Add (Base 7): 6543 + 2156 + 5321 + 6022

B. Multiply (Base 2): 110111 x 1011
C. Convert 4322 (base 5) to base 2
Determine whether cyclic or not. Write its elements and order. < Z6, ⋅6 >
D. Solve for x in: a*b-1*x*b*c-1 = c-1*b
E.
F. Transform as a single permutation in S8 and as disjoint cycles. Find its order.
(15 )(
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 3 1 2 6 8 7 1 2 3 7 8 6 4 5 8 7 5 4 1 2 3 6 )( )
A. Let G = { ( ac db) ε M (R) / ad-bc ≠ 0}. Show whether <( ac b0) + > is a group.
2 ,
B. Consider <R, ⋅ >and < R+, +>.

∅ : x → log x
C. Today is Tuesday. What day will be 207 days from now and 354 days before today? Show
solutions.
MATH 123 ● Final Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021
I. Provide the solutions to the experiments as required (20%).
A. The experiment is tossing a fair die once.

1. List the sample points of the sample space formed.
2. The probability that 2 occurs.
4. The probability that the face up is greater than 3.
5. The probability that the face up is less than 2.
B. The experiment is flipping a fair coin twice.

2. The probability that both heads occurs.
3. The probability that at least a head occurs.
4. The probability that only one tail occurs.
5. The probability that at least a tail occurs.
C. The experiment is drawing a card from a deck of ordinary cards.
1. The probability that the card is a red card.
2. The probability that the card is black card.
3. The probability that the card is greater than 10.
4. The probability that the card is a red ace.
5. The probability that the card is less than 5.
II. Explain the following concepts in your own words as related to real life situations (15%).
1. Independent Events.
2. Probability of an Event.
3. Conditional Probability.
4. Random Variables.
5. Mutually Exclusive Events.
III. Solve the following problems (65%).
1. One bag contains 4 white balls and 3 black balls, and a second bag contains 3 white balls and 5
black balls. One ball is drawn at random from the second bag and is placed unseen in the first
bag. What is the probability that a ball now drawn from the first bag is white?
2. A coin is biased so that a head is twice as likely to occur as a tail. If the coin is tossed 4 times,
what is the probability of getting (a). exactly 2 heads? (b). at least 3 tails?
3. Suppose the colored balls are distributed in three indistinguishable boxes as follows:
Box
1 2 3
Red 2 4 3
White 3 1 4
Blue 5 3 3
A box is selected at random from which a ball is drawn at random
(b). Given that the ball is red, what is the probability that box 3 is selected?
4. Let W be a random variable giving the number of heads minus the number of tails in 3 tosses of
a coin. List the elements of the sample space S for the 3 tosses of the coin and to each sample
point assign a value w of W.

I. Translate the following expressions into its equivalent algebraic expressions or equations (15%).
1. The product of the sum of a and b by the square of x
2. John’s age 10 years ago.
3. The sum of three consecutive integers.
4. Four times a number is equal to twelve more than the number.
5. Twice the sum of x and y increased by six is twenty.
6. Thrice a number diminished by four is ten.
7. Seven times the first of two consecutive odd integers is five times the second.
8. The first integer larger than a number.
9. Joe’s age five years ago if he is twenty years older than Bob.
10. The square of the sum of two times a and b.
11. Six less than the square root of the number.
12. The sum of three consecutive odd integers is forty-eight.
13. The sum of a number and its reciprocal.
14. A number minus three is equal to six times reduced by eighteen.
15. The sum of a number and the next consecutive number.
II. Solve as required (25%).

1 1 1
A. Sequence Function. Find a formula of the sequence {1, , , , … }.
4 9 16
6
B. Series. Expand ∑ ( k−1 ) x k.
k =2
C. Exponential / Logarithmic Function.
5 −x
4x e
Break up into sums and differences of simpler logarithms ln 3 .
(x +1)
D. Arithmetic Series. The first 3 terms of the sequence are 18, 22, 26. Find the 38th term.
E. Geometric Series. Write the first 5 terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = 3(-2)n-1.
III. Word Problems (60%).

1. Linear Equations Problems. A right triangle has its right angle at (-4,1) and the equation of one of its legs
is 2x-3y+11=0. Find the equation of the other leg. Plot the essential graphs.
2. Number Relation Problems. Four times a number is equal to twelve more than the number. Find the
number.
3. Mixture Problem . How many kilos of third class rice selling P55.00 per kilo will be mixed with 50 kilos of
first class rice selling at P70.00 per kilo to produce rice that can sell at P60.00 per kilo?
4. Work Problem. A swimming pool can be filled up by a pipe in 6-1/2 hours while pipe B can fill it in 8
hours. How long can the pool be filled by both pipes together?
5. Motion Problem. A man can row a boat at 7 mi./hr. in still water. If he rows 25 miles down- stream in
the same time that he can row 10 miles upstream, what is the rate of the stream?
6. Investment Problems. A movie benefit show grossed P11,200 in one night from 1,500 tickets sold. If the
tickets were sold at P10 and P5, how many tickets were sold at each price?
7. Age Problems. Bob was thrice as old as John 5 years ago. Now he is only twice as old as John. How old
are they now?
8. Geometric Problems. One side of a triangle is ½ the length of the longest side while the other side is 6
inches less than the longest side. The perimeter of the triangle is 39 feet. Find the length of each side.
9. Ratio Problems. The lengths of the sides of a triangle have the ratio of 3:4:5. The perimeter is 60 feet.
Find the length of each side.
10. Proportion Problems. A 50 foot long log is cut into four parts proportional to 2, 3, 8 and 12. How long
shall each piece be?
11. Variation Problems. If it takes 2 men 6 days to plow 3 hectares, how many men are needed to plow 8
hectares in 8 days?

Group B – MG Andrada, JL Cabucos, CJM Caga, JJ Estrosas, SM Maisog, R Tan

1 1 1
A. Sequence Function. Find a formula of the sequence {1, , , , … }.
5 25 125
9
B. Series. Expand ∑ (−1 )k (k 2 +k ).
k =5
C. Exponential / Logarithmic Function.
2x −2 x
e −e
x
D. Arithmetic Series. The first term of the sequence is -5 and the 8th term is 9, find d and the first ten
terms of the sequence.
E. Geometric Series. Find the first term of the sequence whose fourth term is 8 and whose common
ratio is ½.

1. Linear Equations Problems. A right triangle has its right angle at (5,7) and the equation of one of its legs
is 2x-y-3=0. Find the equation of the other leg. Plot the essential graphs.
2. Number Relation Problems. Twice a number is twenty less than the product of seven and the number.
Find the number.
3. Mixture Problem . There are two kinds of candy, one of which is selling at P8.00 per kilo and the other at
P6.00 per kilo. How many kilos of the P6.00 candy can be mixed with 20 kilos of the P8.00 candy to have
a mixture worth P7.00 per kilo to sell?
4. Work Problem. A swimming pool can be filled up by a pipes A and B in 3 hours and 35 minutes. If pipe A
can fill the pool in 6-1/2 hours alone, how long will pipe B fill it alone?
6. Investment Problems. If two partners earned a net profit of P32,000 and they agreed to divide the profit
with one partner receiving 15% more than the other one, how much will each partner received?
7. Age Problems. A man is 20 years old. His daughter is 5. In how many years will the man’s age be twice
his daughter’s age?
9. Ratio Problems. The angles of a triangle have the ratio 2:3:5. Find the number of degrees in each angle?
11. Variation Problems. If 3 typists can finish 100 pages in 2 hours, how many typists are needed to finish
200 pages in 2 hours?
I. Explain briefly and concisely. Do not merely use definitions. Illustrate through examples if
necessary (30%).
1. What is a feasible region in graphing the explicit and implicit constraints of a linear programming
problem?
2. When can we say that that the resulting reformulated limitations or constraints is in canonical
form?
3. What is a feasible canonical form?
4. When can we say that a certain business is a monopoly as based on the feasible region plotted
with reference to the constraints?
5. Differentiate maximum profit versus optimal profit?
6. Give a reason then explain why we had to add artificial variables whenever the constraint is
greater than or equal to and we subtract a surplus variable in minimization problems.
7. Why transportation and assignment problems are considered linear programming problems?
8. What is an unbalanced transportation problem and why do we need to balance it?
9. What is a basic feasible solution?
10. What do you mean by degenerating solution?
II. Problems. Determine the solution set using the methods as prescribed. (70%)
A. Big M Technique. Min C = 3x + 12y

s.t. 5x + y ≤ 7
x + 3y ≥ 4
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
B. Two-Phase Simplex Method. Max P = 5x1 + 4x2

s.t. 2x1 + x2 = 12
2x1 + 3x2 ≤ 24
x1 + 9x2 ≥ 36
x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0
C. Transportation Problem. Use NWC and MODI Method combination.
The Victoria Mining Company has two manufacturing plants and three distributors.
Plant 1 can produce 400 units per period, and plant 2 can produce 500 units per period. The
requirements of distributors 1, 2 and 3 are 225, 235 and 350 units, respectively. Shipping costs
from plant 1 to distributors’ 1, 2 and 3 are P30, P23 and P25. The corresponding costs from plant
2 are P26, P35 and P29. The objective is to find a plan of distribution that will yield the least
cost.
D. Assignment Method. Use Hungarian Method in the cancellation processes.
Engr. Morasa has to assign 4 teams to work on 4 projects. The costs charged by each
team are as follows. Costs are in thousands of pesos. Determine the least cost of assignment.
Projects
1 2 3 4
Teams A 15 18 20 16
B 18 17 14 20
C 21 20 13 15
D 17 15 18 19
Good luck…good luck…God bless…merry Christmas….rtevangelio
MATH 107 ● Quiz No. 1 ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-2021

A. Determine the solution sets of the given inequalities:
1 3 2 1
1. x+ ¿ + x
2 4 3 4
2. (2x – 1)(3 – 2x) ≤ 0
B. Find the limits:
2
x −1
3. lim 2
x →1 x +3 x−4
4. lim
√ x +9−3
x →0 x
C. Use 3-step Rule Method in differentiation:
5. y = 4x2 – 2x + 1
6. y = √ 3−2 x
D. Implicit differentiation:
7. Solve for dy/dx in x2 + 3xy + y2 = 3
E. Use the formulas of differentiation in solving the following:
−2 y
e
8. r =
ln y
9. w = csc x cot 2 x
10. y = (Arctan 2x)3
Good luck…good luck…God bless… ….rtevangelio

Solve as required:
3
1. Find the volume of the solid whose base is enclosed by the bounded area of the line y = x,
4
x-axis, and x = 4, and whose cross section is
a) A semicircle;
b) A square.
3 2
2. Find the length of the arc of the graph of f(x) = 4 x 2 between x = 0 and x = .
3

Solve as required:
A. Evaluate the following iterated integrals:
1 1
ydxdy
1. ∫∫
0
2
y
1
√ x2 + y 2
2. ∫ ∫ sin x 2 dxdy
0 1
y
2
1 1 3
3. ∫∫ x (x + y )2 2 2
dydx
0 x
B. Find the surface area of the solid generated by revolving the given curve:
1. y = x2 about the y-axis on [0,√ 2 ].

2. Line x+y=2 about the x-axis on [2,6].
MATH 200 ● Long Quiz ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-2021

I. Solve as required
1. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a).. [(A – B) ∩ (A ∪ C)] ∆ (B ∆ C)
b). (B ∩ C) x (A – B)
a). [A ∪ B ∪ C] ∩ (A – B)
b). (B ∆ C) ∩ (A ∪ B)
3. Given: α : R → R, β:R→R
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β : x →
3
a). (x)αβ
b). (x) β 2 α
4. Solve for the unknowns in the operations. Show detailed computations.
a). a*b-1*x*b*c-1 = c-1*b-1*a-1
b). y*b*c-1*a-1*a = c*a
5. Solve as required in the problems.
a). Add: (Base 5) 13420 + 43221 + 44333 + 21334 = ?
b).Multiply: (Base 4) 2231 X 3302 = ?
c). What is 111011 (base 2) in base 7?
II. Proving.
2 2
n (n+1)
4
2. Let A = R* where R*= R \ {0}
Define aRb if ab ¿ 0.
Let β : R* → R where R* = R \ {0}
1
β:x→
x
4. Let G = { ( ac db) ε M (R) / ad-bc ≠ 0}. Show whether <( a0 bc) + > is a group.
2 ,
5. Consider < R+, +> and <R, ⋅ >.

∅ : x → log x
III. Permutations
a).
[ 13 ][
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 2 8 10 6 7 1 5 9 2 4 1 8 10 6 7 3 5 9 1 4 2 3 8 10 7 5 6 ][
b). (3 2 8)(5 3 10 6)(1 5 7 8)
c). Write a and b as transpositions.
IV. Applications
1. Today is Tuesday. What day will be 354 days from now and 207 days before today? Show
solutions.
2. The calendar has 12 months. If this month is November, what will be the month after 132
months had passed? Show solution.

I. Evaluate the following integrals:
1. ∫ ( 4x +√ x ) dx
2. ∫ x 3 ( 3−x 4 ) dx
5 x dx
3. ∫ (5−3 x)3
3x
4. ∫ 42 +3
e dx
e
3x
5. ∫ ( 1−2 e tan x )sec2x dx

II. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas:
1. ∫ 4 cos 3 2 x dx
2. ∫ tan4 3 x dx
3. ∫ tan 2 y sec3 2 y dy
4. ∫ sin 4 x dx
III. Application to Plane Areas:
1. Find the area of the region bounded by the line x+y – 2 = 0, x-axis and x = 6 using
a). Horizontal element;
b). Vertical element.
2. Find the area of the region bounded by y = x and y = x2 using either horizontal or vertical
element. Choose only one.

A. Fill up the blanks in the table as prescribed:
Differential Equation Ordinary or Order Independent Dependent

Partial Variable Variable
√
2
∂V ∂U
1. 2 =
∂x ∂y
2. y’ – 2y + 3 = 0
3. xdy + ydx = 4
( )( )
2 4 3 2
d s d s
4. 2
+ 3 = s + t2
dt dt
3
∂ x 2
5. 3 + 3x = cos y
∂y
B. Show whether the equation in column I is a solution of the differential equation in column II:
I II
1 x
1. y = Ae5x + Be-2x - e y” – 3y’ – 10y = 6 ex
2
2. xy2 – y3 = 4 ` y dx + (2x – 3y) dy = 0
C. Solve the problem:

A particle moves along the x-axis in such a way that its instantaneous velocity is given as a function of
time t by v = 12 – 3t2. At time t = 1, it is located at x = -5. Determine where will the particle will be at
times t = 2 and t = 3? (Note: v = dx/dt)

Solve as required:
2
1. Estimate the integral of ∫ 4 dx using Trapezoidal Rule of numerical integration with n = 4.
x
0
2
2. Estimate the integral of ∫ (x −1)dx using Simpson’s Rule of numerical integration with n = 6.
3
0
3
3. Determine the bound of error of the integral ∫ e dx using Simpson’s Rule with n = 12.
2x
0
7
4. How many intervals n is needed of the integral ∫ √ x dx using Trapezoidal Rule to be accurate within
0
0.001?

I. Explain briefly and concisely (40%):
1. When do you conclude that the resulting binary operation between 2M3 matrices is closed under
ordinary addition of matrices?
2. Differentiate a vector quantity and a scalar quantity.
3. What are elementary matrices and why they are called as such?
4. Explain “If c ʘ α = θ , then either c = 0 or α = θ .
5. A homogeneous system always has a solution, X = 0, called the trivial solution. Explain what
trivial solution is.
II. Solve as required of the problem (60%):
1. The set of all ordered triples of real numbers with the operations (x,y,z) + (x’,y’, z’) = (x+x’, y+y’,
z+z’) and r ʘ (x,y,z) = (x,1,z). List the properties that fail to hold. Show your solutions.
2. Determine which of the following are subspaces:
[]
a
a). b
1
b). [ ad b c
0 0 ] where b = a + c
MATH 108 ● Group A ● Midterm Exam ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-21

(Agad, Albelda, Basco, Monera, Naval, Olarte, Villaroya)

π x
2 2y
∫∫ ( x + y ) dx dy 2. ∫ ∫ sin ( 4 x− y ) dy dx
2 2
1.
π 0
1 0
2
B. Evaluate the integral using Inversion of Order:
2 1
dx dy
3. ∫∫ 3
0 1
y
( 1+ x 2 )
2
C. Application:
4. Volume of Solids with Known Cross Sections.
Find the volume of a solid whose base is a region bounded by y = x2, y-axis and y = 4 and whose
cross sections perpendicular to the x-axis are rectangles of altitude 1.
5. Plane Area by Iterated Integration.
Determine the area of the plane between the curve y2 = - 4x and the line y = - 2(x + 2).
6. Surface of Solids of Revolution.
Derive the formula of the surface area of a hemisphere of radius r, S = 2 π r2.
MATH 108 ● Group B ● Midterm Exam ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-21

(del Rosario, Galos, Lumantas, Villacastin, Villarmino, Zamora)

2
π y
2 2x
1.∫ ∫ ( x + y ) dy dx 2. ∫ ∫ sin ( 4 x− y ) dy dx
2 2
1 0 π 0
2
B. Evaluate the integral using Inversion of Order:
4 2
3. ∫∫ ydx dy5
0 √ y √ 1+ x
C. Application:
4. Volume of Solids with Known Cross Sections.
Find the volume of a solid whose base is a region bounded by y = x2, y-axis and y = 4 and whose
cross sections perpendicular to the x-axis are semicircles.
5. Plane Area by Iterated Integration.
Determine the area of the plane between the curve y2 = - 4x and the line y = - 2(x + 2).
6. Surface of Solids of Revolution.
Derive the formula of the surface area of a sphere of radius r, S = 4 π r2.

(Abao, Agad, Antiquina, Bonalos, Escorial, Liquit, Pialan, Redubla, Terrado, Villones)
I. Review Problems. Differentiate the following:

1
1. y = x2 Arctan x 4. y = sec2 2x tan2 2x
2
2
t
2. x = ln ln (1+ e-2t) 5. x = 2
1−3 t
1
3. y = cos3 ( π−4 x ¿
4
II. Evaluate the following integrals:

dx
1. ∫ ( 5−2 x )4 4. ∫ 3−2 x dx
2
2. ∫ sin 4 ( e 2 x ) cos ⁡(e 2 x )e 2 x dx 5. ∫ sin 2 x dx
1+ cos 2 x
3. ∫ 3 tan 4 x dx
III. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas:
1. ∫ cos 3 y sin 3 y dy 3. ∫ tan x sec x dx
2 3 2 2
2. ∫ cot 3 2 x dx 4. ∫ sin 2 2 y cos 4 2 y dy

IV. Applications
1. Determine the area of the region bounded by the curve x2 + 4y – 24 = 0 and the line
y = 3 using the horizontal element.
2. Determine the area of the region bounded by the curve x2 = 16y and y2 = 16x using the vertical
element.

(Abello, Andrada, Arbadan, Arcenal, Bocado, Castromayor, Obregon, Tublag, Valdez)
I. Review Problems. Differentiate the following:

1
1. y = x3 Arcsin x 4. y = csc2 2x cot2 2x
2
2
2t
2. x = ln2 (1+ e-3t) 5. x = 2
1−4 t
1
3. y = sin3 ( π−4 x ¿
4
II. Evaluate the following integrals:

dy
1.∫ 1 4. ∫ 10−3 x dx
( 1−2 y ) 2
2
2.∫ x3 cos 2 ( x 4 ) sin ( x 4 ) dx 5. ∫ cos 3 x dx
1−sin 3 x
3. ∫ 4 cot 2 x dx
III. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas:
1. ∫ sin 2 y cos 2 y dy 3. ∫ cot x csc x dx
4 3 2 2
2. ∫ tan4 3 y dy 4. ∫ cos 2 2 x sin4 2 x dx

IV. Applications
1. Determine the area of the region bounded by the curve x2 + 4y – 24 = 0 and the line
y = 3 using the vertical element.
3. Determine the area of the region bounded by the curve x2 = 16y and y2 = 16x using the horizontal
element.
MATH 107 ● Quiz No. 1 Finals ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-21

A. Inverse Trigonometric Functions
dx xdx
1. ∫ 4 x2−4 x +5 2. ∫
√−7−8 x −x2
B. Integration by Parts
3. ∫ x √ x −2 dx 4. ∫ cot x ln sin xdx
C. Integration by Substitution
5. ∫ (5 z−1) √ z+ 2 dz
D. Trigonometric Substitution
dx
∫ √ y dy2 2
3
6.
∫ z ( 16−4 z )
3 2 2 dz 7. ∫ 8.
x 2
√ 4 x −1
2
( 1+ y )

I. Differentiate the following related terms. Discuss briefly and concisely. Do not merely define.
Illustrate with figures or examples if necessary (20%).
1. Linear and Non-linear equations.
2. Inconsistent and Consistent solution to linear system of equations.
3. Trivial and Non-trivial solutions.
4. Gaussian elimination and Gauss-Jordan Reduction formulas.
5. Equivalent and Equal matrices.
6. Singular and Non-singular matrices.
7. Vector and Scalar quantities.
II. Solve as required in the problems (60%):

A. Solve for the unknown values using elimination then substitution.
x + 3y = - 4
2x + 5y = - 8
X + 3y = - 5
B. Consider the linear system 2x1 + 3x2 – 3x3 + x4 + x5 = 7
3x1 + 2x3 + 3x5 = - 2
2x1 + 3x2 – 4x4 =3
x3 + x4 + x5 = 5
a). Find the coefficient matrix.
b). Write the system in matrix form, AX = B.
c). Find the augmented matrix.
[ ] [ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A= [ 1 2 3
2 1 4 ]
,B= 2 1 ,C= 4
3 2
1 5 ,D=
2 1 3
3 −2
2 5
,E= 0 [
1 4
3 2 1
]
If possible, compute
a). (C + E)’ b). AC + AE c). BA + D2
[ ]
1 −3 −2
D. Let A = 4 6 2 .
5 −1 3
Write A as a sum of a symmetric and skew symmetric matrices.
E. Solve for the inverse of, A-1, of the matrix A in problem II-D.
F. Let A be a 3x4 matrix. Find the elementary matrices E’s and premultiply to A, ie. EA,
when performed in the sequence of row operations on A as follows:
a). Multiplies the third row of A by – 3;
b). Adds 4 times the second row of A to the first of A;
c). Interchanges the second and first row of A.
III. Proving (20%):
1. The set of all positive real numbers with operations of + as ordinary addition and ʘ as
ordinary multiplication.
Show that the set fails in a-3, a-4 and b of the definition of vector spaces. Do not show other
properties not required.
[]
a
2. Show whether b is a subspace of R3.
0

I. Differentiate the following related terms. Discuss briefly and concisely. Do not merely define.
Illustrate with figures or examples if necessary (20%).

A. Solve for the unknown values using elimination then substitution.
x+ y=1
2x - y = 5
3x + 4y = 2
C. Consider the linear system 3x1 + 2x3 + 4x5 = 2
2x1 + 5x2 3x5 = 7
x1 - 2x2 + x3 + 2x4 =-2
x3 - 2x4 + x5 = 5
[ ] [ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A=[1 2 3
2 1 4 ]
,B= 2 1 ,C= 4
3 2
1 5 ,D=
2 1 3
3 −2
2 5
,E= 0 1 4
3 2 1
[ ]
a). C’ + E’ b). AE + AE c). AB + D2
[ ]
3 −2 1
D. Let A = 5 2 3.
−1 6 2
b). Adds 4 times the fourth row of A to the first row of A;
c). Interchanges the second and third row of A.
B. Proving (20%):
[]
a
4. Show whether a is a subspace of R3.
c

Solve as required:
A. Determine whether the functions defined in Column II is a general solution of the corresponding
differential equations in Column I.
I II
1. y”’ – 2y” – 5y’ + 6y = 0 y = c1e-2x + c2ex + c3e3x

2. y” = 2x 1 + x2y + 4y = 0
2
d s
3. 2 = - 9s s = 8cos 3t + 6sin 3t
dt
B. Determine the particular solution of the given general solutions in the left given the respective
conditions on the right.
{
y ( 0 )=1
4. y = c1 + c2x + c3x 2
y ( 1 )=2
y ( 2 )=9
5. xy2 = Ax + B { y ( 3 )=1
'
y ( 3 ) =2
MATH 127 ● Midterm Exam ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-21
I. Fill up the blanks in the table provided.

1. y”- 2y’ = 5y
3
∂ U ∂V
2. 3 + – 2ry =V
∂y ∂r
3 2
d x d x dx
3. 3 −2 2 + 3 + 1=0
dt dt dt
4 2
∂ U ∂V
4. 4 + 2 - 3xy + 5 =
∂y ∂ x∂ y
0
5. 3xdy + 2ydx – 5 = 0
II. Differentiate the following related terms. Give examples for comparison.
1. Constants and Variables
2. Partial and Ordinary Differential Equation
3. Particular and General Solution
4. Linear and Non-Linear Differential Equation
5. Initial and Boundary Value Problems
III. Show whether the functions in Column I is a solution to the corresponding differential equation in
column II.
I II
3
x
y = Ax3 + Bx-4 - x2y” + 2xy’ – 12y = 2x2
3
IV. Determine the particular solution in column I of the general solution in column II using the
conditions in column III. Check first whether the given function in column II is a general solution.
I II III
ydx+(2x-3y)dy = 0 xy2 – y3 = 0 y(1) = 2
V. Problem . A particle moves along the x-axis so that its instantaneous acceleration is given as a
function of time t by a = 10 – 12t2. At times t=2 and t=3, the particle is located at x=0, and x = -40,
respectively. Determine the position and velocity of the particle at t=1.

Evaluate the following improper integrals:
−2
ln |x|
1. ∫ x
dx
−∞
∞
2. ∫ x22+xx+1+1 dx
−∞
π
3. ∫ tan x dx
0
2
1
4. ∫ x ( x−2) dx
0

MATH 124 ● MIDTERM EXAM ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-2021
A. Numerical Integration.
2
Use Trapezoidal Rule to estimate ∫ e
2
−x
1. dx with n =10.
0
3
2. Use Simpson’s Rule to estimate ∫ √ ln x dx with n = 6.
1
3. Use Trapezoidal Rule to find the number of intervals to estimate
1
2
for ∫ x arctan x dx that is accurate to within 0.01.

−1
2
4. Use Simpson’s Rule to find the bound of error to estimate to estimate
2
1
for ∫ dx with n = 6.
0 √ 1−x 2
B. Improper Integrals. Evaluate the following integrals. Conclude whether it converges or diverges.
∞
5. ∫ e−x dx
0
1
1
6. ∫ dx
−1
π
√1−x2
7. ∫ csc2 x dx
0
0
8. ∫ x15 dx
−∞

A. Show whether the vectors prescribed are linear combinations of the given vector sets.
[ ] [ ] [] [ ]
−1 4 2 −2
1. R3: α = 2 of α 1 = 2 , α 2 = 1 , and α 3 = −1
3 −3 2 0
2. R4: α = [ 3 6 −2 5 ] of α 1 = [ 1 2 1 0 ], α 2 = [ 4 1 −2 3 ],
α 3 = [ 1 2 6 −5 ] and α 4 = [ −2 3 −1 2 ]
3. P2: P(t) = 2t2 + 2t + 3 of P1(t) = t2+ 2t + 1, P2(t) = t2+ 3 and P3(t) = t – 1
B. Determine whether the following sets spans the prescribed vectors.
4. R2: { [ 0 0 ] , [ 1 1 ] , [ −2 −2 ] }
{[ ] [ ]}
1 0
−1 , 1
5. R4:
2 1
0 1
6. P2: { t2 + 2t – 1, t2 – 1}
A. PROBLEMS IN PLANE GEOMETRY
1. Proving : (Use until Theorem 2-13)

“ If an angle is congruent to its supplement, then it is a right angle”.
B. Proving : (Use until Theorem 3-18) A B

Given : Quadrilateral ABCD; AB // CD; LA ≅ LC
Prove : ABCD is a parallelogram D C
C. Proving : (Use until Theorem 4-6) C

Given : CD ___ AB; CD bisects LACB
Prove : D is the midpoint of AB
A D B
D. Indirect Proving:
“A suspect in Nabunturan for murder was in Montevista at the time of the crime. Write an
indirect argument to show that the suspect did not commit the murder”.
E. PROBLEMS IN PLANE ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
F. The three vertices of a triangle are at A(-4, 5), B(-5, 3) and C(3,-4). Show that the line joining the
midpoints of the sides AC and BC is parallel and equal to one-half of AB.
G. Prove analytically the statement “ The diagonals of a square are perpendicular to each other”.
H. Find the equation of the locus of a moving which is always equidistant from the y axis and the point (-6,
4). Illustrate through a graph the locus.
I. Find the equations of the lines perpendicular to the line x – y + 3 = 0 and passing at a distance
numerically twice as far from the origin. Plot corresponding graphs.
J. PROBLEMS IN SOLID GEOMETRY
K. A right circular cylinder whose base is a circle of radius 5 units and a height of 10 units is to be
converted into a right prism whose base is a square and whose height is two-third that of the original
height and of the same volume. Find the dimensions of the converted solid.
L. A sphere of radius 4 units is placed atop a hollow cylinder of radius 3-1/2 units. What is the volume of
that part of the sphere engulfed (covered) by the cylinder assuming the thickness of the hollow cylinder
is negligible.
MATH 108 ● Quiz No. 1 ● Finals ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-2021

A. Evaluate the following integrals by inverting the order of integration.
1 √y
1. ∫∫ sinx x dx dy
0 y
1 1
2. ∫∫ √1+ y 2 dy dx
0 √x
B. Plane Area.
3. Find the area bounded by the curve y = 4x – x2 and the lines x = -2 and y = 4.
C. Volume found by Integration.

Boundaries are as follows: z = 1 + 2xy; y = 1 – x2; First octant
4. Integrating in the order of x, then y.

5. Integrating in the order of y, then x.

Evaluate the following given limits with indeterminate forms 0/0 and ∞ /∞ .
x−3
1. lim x 3
x →3 e −e
ln x
2. lim
x →1 x−1
tan x−x
3. lim
x →0 sin x
x
3
4. lim ¿
x→ ∞ x (2¿¿ x)
sec x −x
5. lim
x →0 secx+ x

MATH 107● Quiz No. 2 ● Finals ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-2021
Evaluate the integrals of the following rational fractions:
( x−1 ) dx
1. ∫ x 3−x 2−2 x
( x 3−1 ) dx
2. ∫ 3
x 2 ( x −2 )
( x 2−2 x−3 ) dx
3. ∫
( x −1) ( x 2+ 2 x +2 )
( x −2 ) dx
4. ∫ 2
x ( x −4 x +5 )
2
Solve the following differential equations as prescribed.
A. Variable Separables.
1. ydx + (x3y2 + x3)dy = 0

dy 2
2. x =y +1
dx
B. Transformation of Variables.
dy
3. x = 2x + 3y
dx
4.
dy y+ x cos
dx
=
2 y
x ()
x
C. Special Transformation.
dy
dx √
5. = 2 x +3 y

Determine whether the sets of vectors is a basis.
{[ ] [ ] [ ]}
3 −1 0
1. 3
In R : 2 , 2 , 1
2 1 0
2. In P2 : { t3 + t2 + 1, t3 – 1, t3 + t2 + 1}
3. In 2R2 : [{ 10 10] ,[ 01 01] ,[ 10 01] , [01 11]}


Evaluate the following given limits with indeterminate forms 0/0 and ∞ /∞ .
1. lim ¿
+¿
x→ 0 xlnx ¿
2. lim ¿
+¿ csc x
x→ 0 ( x+1) ¿
lim ( π −2 x ) sec x
3. x→
π
2
1
lim ( e + e )
x 2x x
4.
x→ ∞
5. lim ¿
+¿ sin x
x→ 0 x ¿
Solve as required in the problems:
1. Find an approximate value of the double integral

❑
∬ ( y 2−4 x ) dA
R
where R is the rectangular region having vertices (-1,0)and (1,3). Take the partition of R formed
by the lines x=0, y=1 and y=2, and take (ε i , γ i ¿ at the center of the ith subregion.
2. Find an approximate value of the double integral

❑
∬ ( x 2 y −2 xy 2 ) dA
R
where R is the rectangular region having vertices (-3,-2)and (1, 6). Take the partition of R formed
by the lines x1 = -3, x2 = -1, and y1 = -2, y2 = 0, y3 = 2, y4 = 4 and take (ε i , γ i ¿ at the center of the ith
subregion.
2 x x+ xy
3. Evaluate ∫∫ ∫ xy dzdydx .
1 0 1
2 √ 4 − y 2 2− y
4. Evaluate ∫ ∫ ∫ z dxdzdy .
0 0 0
2
2 y ln x
5. Evaluate ∫∫ ∫ y e x dzdxdy .
1 y 0
Given the following boundaries: line 4x – 3y + 3 = 0; line y = 5, y-axis, 1st quadrant

Find the solid formed by the indicated revolutions.
1. Revolved about the y-axis when the element is perpendicular to the axis of revolution.
2. Revolved about the x-axis when the element is perpendicular to the axis of revolution.
3. Revolved about the y-axis when the element is parallel to the axis of revolution.
4. Revolved about the x-axis when the element is parallel to the axis of revolution.

Determine whether the following given differential equation is exact. If exact, determine its solution.
dy x− y
1. =
dx x+ y
2. 2xy dx + (x2 + 1) dy = 0
3. (ye-x – sin x) dx – (e-x + 2y) dy = 0
2
dy y sin x
4. =
dx 2 y cos x−1

MATH 127 ● Final Exam ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-21
I. Explain briefly and concisely in your own words the following phrases or statements (20%).
1. Differential Equation of the First Order.

2. Separation of Variables.
3. Homogeneous Equations.
4. Transformation of Variables.
5. Perfect or Exact Differential Equations.
II. Solve the following differential equations as required (80%).
A. Method of Variable Separables.

dy y
1). =-
dx x
2). 2y cos x dx + 3 sin x dy = 0
B. Method of Transformation of Variables.

dy y y 2
3). = +
dx x x 2
4). y’ = √ 3 x− y
D. Exact Equations. Solve if exact upon checking. If not, just conclude as not exact.
dy x
5). =
dx x+ y
6). (x2 + x) dy + (2xy + 1 + 2 cos x) dx = 0

MATH 108 ● Group A ● Final Exam ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-21
(Agad, Albelda, Basco, Monera, Naval, Olarte, Villaroya)
I. Transform the given iterated integrals into it equivalent inversed orders. Show the graphs of the
bounded region from original to its inversed form. Do not evaluate the iterated integral.
1 1 1 √y
ydxdy
1. ∫∫ 2. ∫∫ sinx x dy dx
0 y √x +y
2 2
0 y
II. Draw in 3-dimensional form the given boundaries in xyz coordinate planes.
Boundaries: First octant, z = xy2, x = 2y, y = 1
III. Evaluate the given integrals as indicated.

π π
4 y
π 2 3
1. ∫∫ √9+ y 2
dx dy 2.
∫∫∫ xy sin yz dz dy dx
0 0
0 0 0
IV. Problems. Solve as required.

1. Plane Areas using Iterated Integrals. Find the area of the region bounded by y = x2 and
y = x assuming first y as constant or follow the order with differential dx dy.
2. Volume by Double Iterated Integral . Determine the volume bounded by the surfaces
z = x2 + 2y, y = x, x = 1, in the first octant using the formula
b y2
V = ∫ ∫ z dy dx
a y1
3. Double Integration Approximation. Find an approximate value of the double integral
❑
∬ ( x 2 y −2 xy 2 ) dA
R
where R is the rectangular region having vertices (-3,-2)and (1,6). Take the partition of R formed
by the lines x1 = -3, x2 = -2, x3 = -1, x4 = 0, y1 = -2, y2 = -1, y3 = 0, y4 = 1, y5 = 2, y6 = 3, y7 = 4, y8 = 5, and
take (ε i , γ i ¿ at the center of the ith subregion.
MATH 108 ● Group B ● Final Exam ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-21

(del Rosario, Galos, Lumantas, Villacastin, Villarmino, Zamora)
I. Transform the given iterated integrals into it equivalent inversed orders. Show the graphs of the
bounded region from original to its inversed form. Do not evaluate the iterated integral.
2 1
1 1 3
1. ∫∫ x ( x + y )2 2 2
dy dx 2. ∫ ∫ sin x 2 dx dy
0 1
0 x y
2
II. Draw in 3-dimensional form the given boundaries in xyz coordinate planes.
Boundaries: First octant, 2z = x2 + 4y, x = y, x = 2
III. Evaluate the given integrals as indicated.

π π
2 2x
π 2 3
1. ∫∫ xy 3
dy dx 2.
∫∫∫ xy sin yz dz dy dx
1 0
0 0 0
IV. Problems. Solve as required.

1. Plane Areas using Iterated Integrals. Find the area of the region bounded by y = x2 and
y = x assuming first x as constant or follow the order with differential dy dx.
2. Volume by Double Iterated Integral . Determine the volume bounded by the surfaces
z = x2 + 2y, y = x, x = 1, in the first octant using the formula
d x2
V = ∫ ∫ z dx dy
c x1
3. Double Integration Approximation. Find an approximate value of the double integral
❑
∬ ( xy +3 y 2 ) dA
R
where R is the rectangular region having vertices (0,-2)and (6,4). Take the partition of R formed
by the lines x1 = 0, x2 = 2, x3 = 4, x4 = 0, y1 = -2, y2 = 0, y3 = 2, and take (ε i , γ i ¿ at the center of the ith
subregion.

I. Identify which of the following methods enumerated below is appropriate to use to evaluate the
given integrals. Do not evaluate the integrals.
a. Transformation by trigonometric formulas
b. Integration by parts
c. Integration by substitution
d. Trigonometric substitution
2
sin 2t dt
1. ∫ 2 6. ∫ arctan 2 x dx
cos 2t
dx 3
2. ∫ 7.
1+ √ x ∫ x ( 16−x ) dx
2 2 2
dw
3. ∫ e √ 1−e z dz 8. ∫ 2
2z
w √ w 2 + a2
4. ∫ csc 2 y cot 2 y dy 9. ∫ ln x dx
4 4
5. ∫ cot ∅ d ∅ 10. ∫ x sin 2 x dx

6 2
II. Evaluate the following integrals as prescribed.

3 dx
1. Inverse Trigonometric Function. ∫ 4 x2 +9
2. Integration by Parts. ∫ y e 2 y dy
3. Trigonometric Substitution. √ 9 x 2−4
∫ x dx
2
4. Rational Fractions. ∫ t 23t dt
+5 t +4
5. Solids of Revolution. Use any of the 3 methods (disk, ring or shell) wherever appropriate
for the given bounded region revolved as described.
Boundaries are y2 = 2x, y = 2x, revolved about the y – axis.

I. Identify which of the following methods enumerated below is appropriate to use to evaluate the
given integrals. Do not evaluate the integrals.
a. Transformation by trigonometric formulas
b. Integration by parts
c. Integration by substitution
d. Trigonometric substitution
1. ∫ cot ∅ d ∅ 6. ∫ x sin 2 x dx
6 2
2
sin 2t dt
∫ e √ 1−e dz 7. ∫
2z z
2. 2
cos 2t
3
8. ∫ csc 2 y cot 2 y dy
4 4
3.
∫ x ( 16−x )
2 2 2
dx
dw
4. ∫ ln x dx 9. ∫
w 2
√ w 2 + a2
dx
5. ∫ 10. ∫ arctan 2 x dx
1+ √ x
II. Evaluate the following integrals as prescribed.

2dy
1. Inverse Trigonometric Function. ∫
√ 16−4 y 2
2. Integration by Parts. ∫ x sin 4 x dx
3. Trigonometric Substitution. √
∫ x dx16−4 x 2
2
4. Rational Fractions. ∫ yy4 −16
dy
5. Solids of Revolution. Use any of the 3 methods (disk, ring or shell) wherever appropriate
for the given bounded region revolved as described.
Boundaries are y2 = 2x, y = 2x, revolved about the x – axis.

I. Explain in your own words and understanding, briefly and concisely the following questions. Mere
definitions will not be accepted.
1. In a set of vectors, α = {α 1 , α 2, α 3 , }, how are α 1 , α 2, ¿ α 3 , related to ?
2. Differentiate linear independence and dependence.
3. What is a trivial solution to a problem?
4. When do you say that a given set of vectors span the indicated vector space?
5. What do Linear Algebra means as a subject?
II. Solve as required.

A). Show whether the given vectors are linear combinations.
[] [] [] []
1 1 −1 −1
1. 3
α α
In R , is 1 = −2 , 1 = 0 α
, 1 = −2 of α = 2 ?
3 −2 0 3
2. In 2R2, is A1 =[1 −2
0 1 ] [ ] [
, A2 =
1 0
1 2
, A3 =
2
−1
1
−1 ]
of A = [
−3 1
2 −2
? ]
B). Determine whether the following sets of vectors span the given vector space.
3. In R4, does {[ 1 2 1 0 ], [ 1 1 −1 0 ], [ 0 0 0 1 ] } span ?
4. In P2, does { t2 – 1, t + 1, t2 + 1} span ?
C). Show whether set is linearly dependent or independent.

5. In R3, the given set is { [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 1 1 0 ] }.
D). Show whether the given sets of vectors are basis.

6. In P3, the given set of vectors is { t3 + t2 + 1, t3 – 1, t3 + t2 + t }

II. Solve as required.

[] [] [] []
1 1 −1 1
1. α α α
In R , is 1 = −2 , 1 = 0 , 1 = −2 of α = −2 ?
3
3 −2 0 3
2. In 2R2, is A1 = [ 1 −2
0 1
, A2 =
1 0
1 2 ] [ ] [
, A3 =
2 1
−1 −1
of A = ]
1 0
2 −1
?[ ]
3. In R4, does {[ 1 1 0 0 ], [ 1 2 −1 1 ] , [ 0 0 1 1 ] ,[ 2 1 2 1 ] } span ?
4. In P2, does { t – 1, t2 + t + 1, t + 1} span ?

5. In R3, the given set is { [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 2 3 4 ] }.

6. In P3, the given set of vectors is { t3 – t, t3 + t2 + 1, t – 1 }
MATH 124 ● FINAL EXAM ● 2nd Semester AY 2020-2021
I. Determine whether the given function is determinate or indeterminate. If determinate, give the
corresponding answer.
0 ∞
1. 6.
2 ∞
cos ∞ 3
2. 7.
∞ 0
3. ln 0 8. 0 - ∞
4. ∞ - ∞ 9. ∞ ● 0
1 +¿ ¿
5. 10. ln 0
0
II. Explain briefly and concisely the following. Do not just define.
1. Improper Integrals
2. x approaches 0
3. Numerical Integration
4. limit of a function
5. L’ Hopital Rule
III. Solve as required in the problem. Evaluate the following limits.

1
e x −1
1. lim
x→ ∞
sin
2
x ()
lim ¿
2. x→ 0
+¿ csc x
¿
ln x
lim ¿
3. x→ 1
+¿
( 1
−
1
ln x x 2−1
¿
)
4. lim ¿
+¿ sin x
x→ 0 x ¿
M101 Quiz No 1 ● August 26, 2021 ●(Pass before 7:30 PM)
A. Perform the operation then simplify.
1. 3a(-b) + 4(-a)(b) + 7 – (-ab)

2. 18x3 – 7x2(7x – 3) – 6x(3x – 9)
3. (a2n – 7an + 12)(an + 3)
3 6 4 2 5 3 3 3
28 r s t −49 r s t −rs t
4. 3 2
7 rs t
5. (s4 – 3s2 – 14s – 2) ÷ (s – 6) by synthetic division
6. (8xy + 7wz)(8xy – 5wz)
B. Factor the following.
1. (2x + 3y)2 – 36
2. 5x2 + 12xy + 4y2
3. x2 – y2 + x – y
4. x6y4 –a8b6
5. x3 – 2x2 + 4x – 8
6. xy3 + 2y2 – xy - 2
Good Luck…Good Luck…God bless…rtevangelio
M115 Quiz No 1 August 27, 2021 (Pass on or before 7:00 PM)
A. Find the solution set of the following:
1. 5x + y = 10
3x + 2y = 12
2. 5x + 3y ≥ 60
2x + 5y ≤ 40
x ≥0, y ≥0
C. Formulate the mathematical models of the given situations.
1. A farmer has 40 hectares of farm on which to plant rice and corn. The rice needs 4 units of
insecticide and 2 units fertilizer per hectare, while corn requires 3 units of insecticide and 6 units
of fertilizer. He has at least 90 units of insecticide and at least 120 units of fertilizer available. His
average profit per hectare on rice is P15,000 and P10,000 for corn. How many hectares of each
crop should he plant to maximize his average profit?
2. The Philippine Feeds Inc. produces specially blended feed supplements. It has an order of 400
pounds of the mixture. This consists of 2 ingredients; P, a source of protein and C, a source of
carbohydrate.
The first ingredient P, costs P6 a pound. The second ingredient C, costs P16 a pound. The
mixture cannot be more than 150 pounds P, and it must have at least 200 pounds C. The
company’s problem is to determine how much of each ingredient to use to minimize cost, but
satisfy the requirements.
C. Of the given graph with corresponding intercepts, determine the linear programming problem as
mathematical model.
M114 Quiz No 1 Sept 24, 2020 (Pass on or before 8:00 PM)
Solve as required.
2. Decide whether the statement is a theorem or not. If it is a theorem, prove it. If it is not, give a
counterexample.
b). the square of every odd integer is one more than an integral multiple of 4.
2 2
n (n+1)
3. Mathematical Induction. Show that 13 + 23 + 33 + … + n3 = .
4
M130 Quiz No 1 September 2, 2021 (Pass on or before 9:00 PM)
B. Find the solution set of the following. Plot respective graphs.
1. 5x + y = 10
3x + 2y = 12
2. 5x + 3y ≥ 60
2x + 5y ≤ 40
x ≥0, y ≥0
D. Formulate the mathematical models of the given situations.
1. A farmer has 40 hectares of farm on which to plant rice and corn. The rice needs 4 units of
insecticide and 2 units fertilizer per hectare, while corn requires 3 units of insecticide and 6 units
of fertilizer. He has at least 90 units of insecticide and at least 120 units of fertilizer available. His
average profit per hectare on rice is P15,000 and P10,000 for corn. How many hectares of each
crop should he plant to maximize his average profit?
2. The Philippine Feeds Inc. produces specially blended feed supplements. It has an order of 400
pounds of the mixture. This consists of 2 ingredients; P, a source of protein and C, a source of
carbohydrate. The first ingredient P, costs P6 a pound. The second ingredient C, costs P16 a
pound. The mixture cannot be more than 150 pounds P, and it must have at least 200 pounds C.
The company’s problem is to determine how much of each ingredient to use to minimize cost,
but satisfy the requirements.
C. Of the given graph with corresponding intercepts, determine the constraints linear programming
problem as mathematical model.
Math 101 Module 2 Exercise No.1 (Submit before our next meeting)
Simplify the following into its lowest term.
2
x −x−12
1. 2
2 x −7 x−4
( ) ( )
2
2 a+1 4 a −4 a−3
2. ÷
2 a+2 2
2 a −a−3
2 x−1
x−
1
1−
3. x
1
−1
1−x 2
4. √ 18 a5 b6
1 2
r3 w 5
5. −1 1
r 2 w5
M123 Quiz No 2 September 17, 2021 (Pass before 8:00 PM)
1. How many distinct permutations can be made from the letters of the word “infinity”?
2. Consider the following:

a). How many ways can 6 people be lined up to get on a bus?
b). If a certain 3 persons insist on following each other, how many ways are possible?
c). If a certain 2 persons refuse to follow each other, how many ways are possible?
3. A contractor wishes to build 9 houses, each different in design. In how many ways can
he place these homes on a street if 6 lots are on one side of the street and 3 lots are on the
opposite side?
4. Three lottery tickets are drawn from 40 for first, second, and third prizes. Find the
number of sample points in S for awarding the three prizes if no contestant can win more than
one prize.
5. In how many ways can 5 different trees be planted in a circle?

❑
❑
M260 Long Quiz September 18, 2021 (Pass or turn in before 12:00 HN)
A. Solve as required:
1. Evaluate the limit of lim √ 9−x−3 .

x →0 x
2. Determine the derivative of the function y = (x – 1)2 using the 3-step rule process.
3. Differentiate the following functions using the Derivative Formulas:
a). g(t) = (2t – 3)2(t2 + 2t + 4)3
b). r = log10(4x2 – 1)
3
y = ( e −1 )
2t 2
c).
2t
e
d). w = csc 2x cot22x 2
ln x
4. Variable with variable exponent. y = xe .
5. Implicit Differentiation. Solve for dy/dx. x2 – 3xy + y2 – 4x + 2y + 1 = 0.
B. Problems for Application.

1. Sketch the graph of f(x) = 2x3 + 3x2 -12x using calculus. Show the working
tabular computations.
2. A rock is dropped from a height of 288 feet and falls toward the ground in a straight line. If the
rock falls a distance of S = 32t2 feet in seconds, find
a). length of time it will take the rock to hit the ground;
b). the average velocity of the rock for the first 5 seconds;
c). the velocity of the rock at the instant it hits the ground.
3. A right circular cylinder can is to be designed to hold 24 in3 of soft drinks. Find the dimensions of
the can (height and radius) so that minimal amount of material is to be used in its construction.
4. Maria is using a straw to drink water from a conical paper cup, whose axis is vertical, at the rate
of 6 cubic centimeters per second. If the height of the cup is 10 centimeters and the diameter of
its opening is 6 centimeters, how fast is the level of the water falling when the cup is half full?
M101 Quiz No 2 ● September 23, 2021 ●(Pass before 7:30 PM)
A. Perform the operation then simplify to it lowest term.
4 2
b −9 b
1. 3 2
b +2 b −3 b
3 2 a
2. 2 + -
a −a−2 a−2 a+1
y+1
3. 3
1−
y+ 4
1/ 3 − 4/ 3 −2 /3
8 a b
4. 1/ 2 −2 −2
64 a b
5.
√ 3+ √ 2
√3−√ 2
B. Solve as required in the problem.
1. 5 [ 2 – (2x – 4)] = -2 ( 5 – 3x ); Solve for x.

2. S = 2 π rh + 2 π r2; Solve for h.
3. -3x2 – 13x + 10 = 0; Solve for x using completing the squares.
4. |−5−2 x| ¿ 0; Solve for solution set then plot corresponding graph.
5. -2x3 – 5x2 + 4x + 3 = 0; Solve for the solution set using the second method (table) then
plot its corresponding graph.
M115 Quiz No 1 September 24, 2021 (Pass on or before 7:00 PM)
1. Determine the solution set and conclusion of the given linear problem. Use graphical method and show
two representative isocost lines.
Min C = 10x + 20y
s.t. 3x + 4y ≥ 12
4x + y ≤ 8
2x + y ≥ 6
x, y ≥ 0
2. Determine the solution set and conclusion of the given linear problem. Use informal simplex method.
Max P = 50x1 + 20x2
s.t. x1 ≤ 20
x2 ≤ 30
x1 + x2 ≥ 48
x1, x2 ≥ 0
3. Determine the solution set and conclusion of the given linear problem. Use simplex method in tableau
format.
Max x0 = 5x1 + 4x2
s.t. 2x1 + 5x2 = 10
3x1 + 2x2 ≤ 18
2x1 + 6x2 ≥ 24
x1, x2 ≥ 0
M114/114a Quiz No 2 Sept 24, 2021 (Pass on or before 9:00 PM)
1. Given the following sets: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10}

A = {0,1,3,5,6,7,9}
B = {2,4,5,6,8,9}
C = {1,3,5,6,7,10}
Determine the following :
a). (A’ ∩ C) X (B ∩ C)
b). (B ∆ C) – (A ∩ C)
c). (C – A) ∆ (B ∪ C’)
2. Draw the corresponding Venn diagrams of the given relationships. Disregard elements’ entries.
a). (A ∩ C) ∆ (B – A)
b). B – (A ∆ C)
c). (C ∪ A) ∩ (A’ – B)
3. Let A = set of integers. Define aRb → ab ≥ 0. Determine whether A is an eq2uivalence relation.
4. Consider the following functions from RxR to RxR.

α : (x,y) → (-x,y)
β : (x,y) → (x,-y)
Determine the following :
a). α 2β
b). β3
c). β 2α 2
MATH 101- Group A ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22

Group A – RL Besmanos, EJJ Bongay, BD Leonor, JPM Apat, JM Juanico, AS Olaso,
JHM Gomez, WB Araiz, JRD Latumbo, RA Malazarte, RG Superable.

1. 15x2 - 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x)
2. (a2n – 7an + 12)(an + 3)
5.
√3 r 2 s ∙ √ 15 rs5
√ 80 rs
y+1
6. 3
1−
y+ 4
5x 2x 3x
6 3 2
n(a−t)
8. s= + 3t Solve for t.
2−n
x−1 x−2
10. +x≤4-
5 3
11. ¿ 8 – 2x |¿ 7
D. Given two points P1(2,5) and P2(4,-2), determine the following: Plot the required line.
13. General equation of the line through these points.
14. Third standard form of the line
15. Value of p (line from the origin to the line and perpendicular to it).
MATH 101- Group B ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22

Group B – RKP Calibuso, MB Malabago, RAO Leones, DB Doctolero, IG Lendio,
AA Napoles, AL Baret, CJM Omboy, JN Requiso, FV Sangyaan, K Tenorio

1. 13x3 - 6x2(3 - 7x) – 6x(3x - 9)
2. (b2m – 4bm + 10)(bm - 1)
3. Divide (18y3 – 18xy2 – 6yx2 +2) by (y – 3x)
c √ 4 cd
5.
√32 c 2 d 2
2 2
−
6. x +5 5
x
3x 1 x
10 2 5
2(a+t )
8. 3s = -s Solve for t.
n−1
x+1 x−2
10. x- ≥ +5
3 2
11. ¿ 2x + 8 |¿ 9
E. Given two points P1(2,5) and P2(-4,-2), determine the following: Plot the required line.
14. Second standard form of the line
15. Value of p (line from the origin to the line and perpendicular to it).
MATH 101- Group C ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22
Group C – DL Ceriaca, RB Esteron, AM Redoble, J Comaingking, JT Lipon, JRT Lisondra,

L Lodovice, MP Baloca, N Dolino, KC Estodillo, DL Turbela, SG Yongque.

1. 14x3 + 6x2(3 - 7x) – 2x(3x - 8)
2. (b3m + 3bm - 10)(b2m + 2)
2. Divide (15z3 – 5zy2 + 6yz2) by (z – 3y)
3. Factor 4y3x6 – 16yd8
4.
√32 d 2 √ 4 cd
√32 c 2 d 2
1
y−s
y
5.
1
1− 2
y
3x 1 x
6. – 2x = + Solve for x.
5 5 3
2(a+t )
7. 2s - 3 = Solve for t.
n+1
8. -2x2 + 11x – 15 = 0 Solve for x using completing the squares.
x−1 x+2
9. x+ ¿ -8
5 2
10. ¿ x - 8 |≥ 6
11. 3x2 - 5x - 2 ≤ 0 Using Method 1 (Cases)
D. Given two points P1(-2,-5) and P2(4,-2), determine the following: Plot the required line.
13. Third standard form of the line
14. Value of p (line from the origin to line and perpendicular to it).
MATH 115 – Group A ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22

Group A - Abao, Agad, Antiquina, Bonalos, Pialan, Redubla, Terrado, Villones
1. A trash-removal company carries industrial waste in sealed containers in its fleet of trucks. Each
container fr4om P & V Corp. weighs 6 pounds and is one cubic feet in volume, while each
container from R & S Corp. weighs 12 pounds and is 4 cubic feet in volume. The company
charges the P & V Corp. P6.00 for each container carried on a trip and P3.00 for each container
from the R & S Corp. If a truck cannot carry more than 18,000 pounds and cannot accommodate
more than 5,000 cubic feet in volume, how many containers from each company should be
carried in one truck on each trip to maximize the income of the trash-removal company?
2. Two machines A and B produce items at the rate of 500 per hour and 400 per hour respectively.
The production plan indicates that the total items to produce by the two machines must be at
least 10,000 items. The total number of hours available for running the two machines is at most
24 hours. Machine A spends P30 per hour operational cost, while B, P46. How many hours
should each machine be used in order to minimize the cost?
B. Convert the following inequalities into a new program of equations. Adopt Big M technique for
minimization.
1. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
Subject to: 2x + y = 12 Subject to: x + y ≤ 6
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y ≥ 20
2x + 3y ≤ 24 2x + y ¿ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
1. Graphical method. Max P = 5x + 4y
s.t. 2x + y ≤ 12
2x + 3y ≤ 24
2x + 9y ≥ 36
x ≥0, y ≥0
2. Informal Simplex Method. Max P = 5x + 4y
s.t. 2x + 3y ≤ 24
2x + 9y ≥ 36
x ≥0, y ≥0
3. Simplex Method in Tableau format. Min C = 20x + 10y + 80z
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥0, y ≥0, z ≥ 0
4. Big M Technique Min C = 10x1 + 2x2
s.t. x1 + x2 ≥ 10
3x1 + x2 ≤ 12
x1, x2 ≥ 0
MATH 115 – Group B ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22
Group B - Abello, Andrada, Arbadan, Arcenal, Bocado, Liquit, Obregon, Tublag, Valdez
1. A power plant burns coal, oil and gas to generate electricity. Suppose that each ton of coal
generates 800 kilowatts, emits 20 units of sulfur dioxide and 15 units of particulate matter, and
costs P200. Each ton of oil generates 550 kilowatts, emits 18 units of sulfur dioxide and 12 units
of particulate matter, and costs P220. Each ton of gas generates 550 kilowatts, emits 15 units of
sulfur dioxide and 10 units of particulate matter, and costs P250. The environmental protection
agency restricts the daily emission of sulfur dioxide to no more than 60 units and no more than
75 units of particulate matter. If the power plant wants to spend no more than P2000 per day on
fuel, how much of each type should be used to maximize the amount of power generated?
2. An animal food producer mixes two types of animal food: x and y. Each unit of x costs P100.00
and contains 40 grams of fat, 20 grams of protein and 1600 calories. Each unit of y costs P80.00
and contains 60 grams of fat, 60 grams of protein and 1200 calories. Suppose the producer
wants each unit of the final product to yield at least 360 grams of fat, at least 240 grams of
protein and at least 9600 calories, how many of each type of grain should the producer use to
minimize his cost?
minimization.
1. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
Subject to: 2x + y ≤ 12 Subject to: x + y ≥ 6
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y = 20
2x + 3y = 24 2x + y ≤ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
s.t. 3x + 4y ≥ 20
4x + y ≤ 8
2x + y ≥ 6
x ≥0, y ≥0
s.t. 2x + 3y ≥ 24
2x + 9y ≤ 36
x ≥0, y ≥0
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥0, y ≥0, z ≥ 0
4. Big M Technique. Min C = 20x1 + 10x2
s.t. x1 + x2 ≥ 6
2x1 + x2 ≤ 5
x1, x2 ≥ 0
MATH 130 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22
minimize his cost?
B. Convert the following inequalities into a new program of equations. Use the method by Dantzig for
the minimization problem.
1. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y = 20
2x + 3y = 24 2x + y ≤ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
C. Identify the mathematical model of constraints of the given feasible region produced. Determine
and label all corners of the region.
D. Solve the following linear problems as prescribed. Draw conclusion for each solutions.
s.t. x ≤ 20
y ≤ 30
x + y ≤ 48
x ≥0, y ≥0
2. Table Form by Dantzig a). Max P = 5x + 4y
s.t. 2x + y = 12
2x + 3y ≥ 24
2x + 9y ≤ 36
x ≥0, y ≥0
b). Min C = 20x + 10y + 80z
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥0, y ≥0, z ≥ 0
MATH 114/114a – Group A ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22
Group A - Abao, Agad, Antiquina, Bonalos, del Rosario, Naval,

Pialan, Redubla, Terrado, Villaroya, Villones,
1. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a). (A ∆ C) – (B ∩ C)
b). [(A – B) ∩ (A ∪ C)] ∆ (B ∆ C)
c). (B ∩ C) x (A – B)
a). [A ∪ B ∪ C] ∩ (A – B)
b). (B ∆ C) ∩ (A ∪ B)
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β : x →
3
a). (x)α 2 β
b). (x)α β 2
B. Proving.
2 2
3 3 3 n (n+1)
3
1. Mathematical Induction. Show that 1 + 2 + 3 + … + n =
4
Let A=R
Let β : R* → R where R* = R \ {0}
1
β:x→
x
C. Solve as required.
1. Solve for x in a*b-1*x*c = b-1*a-1*c-1
2. Solve accordingly a). 2351+ 4011+5520+6005 in base 7.
b). 2ett x 98e in base 12
MATH 114/114a – Group B ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2021-22
Group B - Abello, Andrada, Arbadan, Arcenal, Bocado, Liquit,

Obregon, Olarte, Tublag, Valdez, Zamora
1. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a). (B ∆ C) – (A ∩ C)
b). [(B ∩ C) - (A ∆ C)] ∆ (A ∪ B)
c). (A - C) x (B ∩ C)
a). (A ∩B) ∆ (B ∪ C)
b). (B ∪ A) - (A ∩ C)
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β : x →
3
a). (x) β 2 α
b). (x) β α 2
B. Proving.
n(n+1)(2 n+1)
6
Let A=R
Let γ :Z→Z
γ : x → 2x + 1
C. Solve as required.
1. Solve for x in a-1*c*b*x*c-1 = b-1*c
2. Solve accordingly a). 111000111 - 10111111 in base 2.
b). 65342 ÷ 334 in base 7.

GENERAL DIRECTION. Solve as required in the problems.
A. Operation with Events.
1. An experiment involves tossing a die and then flipping a coin once if the number on the
die is even. If the number on the die is odd, the coin is flipped twice. Using the notation
4H, for example, to denote the simple event that the die comes up 4 then the coin
comes up heads, and 3HT to denote the simple event that the die comes up 3 followed
by a head and then a tail on the coin, list the 18 elements of the sample space S.
2. If S = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}, A = {2,4,7,9}, B = {1,3,5,7,9}, C = {2,3,4,5}, and D={1,6,7}, list the

elements of the sets corresponding to the following events:
(a). A’ ∪ C (b). B ∩ C’ (c). (S ∩ B’)’
(d). (C’ ∩ D) ∪ B (e). (B ∩ C’) ∪ A (f). A ∩ C ∩ D’
B. Counting Sample Points.
committee?
C. Probability of an Event.


1. Number Relation Problems. The smallest of three consecutive integers is added to twice the largest
producing a result 15 less than four times the middle integer. Find the smallest integer.
2. Mensuration Problem. A wire is 66 meters long. If it is cut in three parts so that one piece is twice the
length of the other and the longest cut is thrice the length of the shortest, what are their lengths?
3. Mixture Problem . One container holds a 3% saline solution (salt dissolved in water) and a second
container holds a 7% saline solution. How many liters of each is needed to make 8 liters of a 4% saline
solution?
4. Work Problem. Juan can do a piece of work in 10 days. After he has worked 2 days, Pedro comes to help
him and together they finish it in 3 days. In how many days could Pedro alone have done the work?
5. Motion Problem. A girl travelled at the rate of 20 miles per hour. A boy travelled 30 miles per hour and
covered the same distance in one hour less time. What is the distance in miles they travelled?
6. Investment Problems. Luis invests one-third of his capital at 3% and the remainder at 4%. What is his
capital if his total income is P4,400.00?
7. Age Problems. I am 6 years older than my sister. My brother is 6 years older than I am. The sum of all
our ages is 72 years. How old is my sister?
8. Geometric Problems. The perimeter of a rectangle is 56 inches. The width is 1 inch more than one half
the length. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.
M130 Finals Quiz No 1 November 18, 2021 (Pass on or before 8:30 PM)
General Direction: In all cases, provide the initial table using North West Corner Rule.
1. Use MODI method to find the minimum cost by filling up the following table:
Distributors
A B Supply
10 8
1 50
7 5
Source 2 100
3 4 8 50
Demand 90 110
2. Use Stepping Stone to fill up the given unbalanced table:

Outlets
1 2 Supply
10 8
1 50
7 5 100
Plants 2
3 4 8 50
Demand 90 90
3. Use Stepping Stone to fill up the given unbalanced table:

Warehouse
1 2 3 Supply
A 10 12 8 120
Factories
B 8 10 9 200
Demand 80 100 180
Good luck…good luck…God blesses…rtevangelio
M115 Finals Quiz No 1 Nov. 19, 2021 (Pass before 8:30 PM)
1. Use Two-Phase Simplex Method to solve the following

Max P = 50x + 40y
s.t. 2x + y = 12
2x + 3y ≤ 24
2x + 9y ≥ 36
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
2. Use VAM for the initial table then stepping stone to derive a conclusion.
Outlets
1 2 Supply
10 8
1 50
7 5 100
Plants 2
3 50
4 8
Demand 90 90
3. Use NWC for the initial table then MODI to derive a conclusion.
Warehouse
1 2 3 Supply
A 10 12 8 120
Factories
B 8 10 9 200
Demand 80 100 180
M123 Finals Quiz No 1 Nov 19, 2021 (Pass before 8:30 PM)
A. Solve as required the following: ( In all cases, show your detailed solutions)
1. A class in advance physics is comprised of 10 juniors, 30 seniors, and 10 graduate students. The
final grades showed that 3 of the juniors, 10 of the seniors, and 5 of the graduate students
received an A for the course. If a student is chosen at random from this class and is found to
have earned an A, what is the probability that he or she is a senior?
2. The probability that an automobile being filled with gasoline will also need an oil change is 0.25;
the probability that it needs a new filter is 0.40; and the probability that both the oil and filter
need changing is 0.14.
(a). If the oil had to be changed, what is the probability that a new oil filter is needed?
(b). If a new filter oil is needed, what is the probability that the oil has to be changed?
3. In a box, there are 2 red balls and 4 yellow ones.

(a). If a ball is drawn and replaced, and a second ball is drawn, what is the probability
that the first ball is red and the second ball is yellow?
(b). What is the probability that the balls will be a red and yellow combination in any
order?
MATH 210 ● Long Quiz ● 1st Semester AY 2021-2022

2. Proving : (Use until Theorem 3-18) A B

3. Proving : (Use until Theorem 4-5) D C

Given : AD ≅ BC; AB ≅ CD
Prove : CD // AB A B
4. Proving : (Use until Theorem 4-6) C

Given : CD ___ AB; CD bisects LACB
A D B
5. Indirect Proving:
“A suspect in Nabunturan for murder was in Montevista at the time of the crime. Write an
B. PROBLEMS IN PLANE ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
1. The three vertices of a triangle are at A(-4, 5), B(-5, 3) and C(3,-4). Show that the line joining the
midpoints of the sides AC and BC is parallel and equal to one-half of AB.
2. Prove analytically the statement “ The diagonals of a square are perpendicular to each other”.
3. Find the equation of the locus of a moving which is always equidistant from the y axis and the
point (-6, 4). Illustrate through a graph the locus.
4. Find the equations of the lines perpendicular to the line x – y + 3 = 0 and passing at a distance
numerically twice as far from the origin. Plot corresponding graphs.
5. Discuss and trace the curve xy2 – x2 + y2 – 4x = 0.
M130 Finals Quiz No 2 November 25, 2021 (Pass on or before 8:30 PM
In the transportation problems below, determine the least cost of allocations:
1. Projects
1 2 3 4
Teams A 20 40 60 80
B 20 60 40 60
C 80 40 20 20
D 60 80 40 40
2. Grants
A 80 90 54
Director B 54 108 30
C 46 104 48
3. Jobs
A B C D
Machines 1 9 10 9 10
2 7 6 8 8
3 6 4 4 6
4 4 4 5 5
Good luck…good luck…God blesses… ….rtevangelio
1. Determine if the following groups are cyclic and explain why.

a). ¿ {ϵ , α , β , γ }, * ¿
c). ¿ R+, ⋅ ¿
b). ¿ Z7, +7 ¿
2. Let R2 = R x R = {(a,b)/a,b ε R} be the group with binary operations given by

(a,b) + (c,d) = (a+c, b+d).
3. Consider ¿R+, +¿ and ¿R, ⋅> ¿

∅ : x → ex
M130 Finals Quiz No 3 December 09, 2021 (Pass on or before 8:30 PM)
1. Mr. Ivan sells a raffle ticket for P100.00 which has a 95% chance of winning P1,000,000.00. Find the
expected value.
2. A student has to decide whether to stop his studies and work for a job paying P4,500.00 a month or
continue his studies and after which a job a job paying P8,000.00 will be offered to him if he passes his
remaining subjects. The probability that he can pass his remaining subjects is 45%. Find the EV if the
student decides to continue his studies.
3. Decide whether to sell hot drinks or sell halo-halo of the given tree diagram:
B clear day 0.60 (P1000.00)
sell
A hot drinks rainy 0.40 (P8,000.00)
clear 0.60 (P9,000.00)
sell
halo-halo rainy day 0.40 (P500)
M114-114a Finals Quiz No 2 Dec 13, 2021 (Pass on or before 8:30 PM)
A. Show as a single permutation in S8.
1. [ 12 ][
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 3 4 7 5 6 8 1 7 8 2 3 6 4 5 8 7 3 1 2 6 4 5 ][ ]
2. [ 14
2 3 4
5 6 1
5
7
6 7
2 8 3]
8
[ 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 3 2 7 6 4
7
5 ][ ][
8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 6 2 4 3 5 1 7 8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ]
3. (1 3 8)(4 3 7 8)(1 5 3 6 8)
4. (5 6 3 2)(1 2)(3 6 7)(3 4 5 8 2)
B. Solve as required in the problem.
5. Transform problem number 2 as disjoint cycles.

6. Transform problem number 4 as disjoint cycles.
7. Determine the order of problem number 1.
8. Transform problem number 3 as a transposition.
A. Use the method introduced by Dantzig to solve the following:
1. Max P = 50x + 40y 2. Min C = 40x + 50y

s.t. 2x + y = 12 s. t. 2x + y ≥ 16
2x + 3y ≥ 24 x + 3y ≥ 18
x + 5y ≤ 25 x, y ≥ 0
x, y ≥ 0
B. Assignment Problem. Use Hungarian method for drawing cross lines.

Engr. Morada has to assign 4 teams to work in 4 projects. The costs charged by each team are as follows.
Costs are in thousands of pesos. Determine the least cost of assignment.
Projects
1 2 3 4
Teams A 18 17 14 20
B 21 20 13 15
C 17 15 18 19
D 15 18 20 15
4. Logarithmic Functions. Solve for x in the equation ln(x+1) + ln(x-2) = ln 4.
5. Exponential Functions. Solve for x in the equation 1 – 3ex = 4e-x(e-x + 1).
1. Suppose that colored balls are distributed in three indistinguishable boxes as follows:
Box
1 2 3
Red 2 4 3
White 3 1 4
Blue 5 3 3
A box is selected at random from which a ball is drawn at random.

(b). Given that the ball is red, what is the probability that box 3 was selected.
2. From a box containing 4 dimes and 2 nickels, 3 coins are selected at random without replacement.
Find the probability distribution for the total T of the 3 coins. Express the probability distribution
graphically as a probability histogram.
3. Let W be a random variable giving the number of heads minus the number of tails in three tosses of
a coin. Find the probability distribution of the random variable W assuming the coin is biased so that
a head is twice as likely to occur as a tail.

I. Explain in your own understanding briefly and concisely. Do not merely use definitions. Illustrate
through examples if necessary (30%).
problem?
form?
A. Dantzig Method. Min C = 3x + 12y

s.t. 5x + y ≤ 7
x + 3y ≥ 4
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
B. Two-Phase Simplex Method. Max P = 5x1 + 4x2

s.t. 2x1 + x2 = 12
2x1 + 3x2 ≤ 24
x1 + 9x2 ≥ 36
x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0
C. Transportation Problem. Use NWC and MODI Method combination.
cost.
D. Assignment Method. Use Hungarian Method in the cancellation processes.
The ABC Company has three jobs to be done on three machines. Each job must be done
on one and only one machine. The cost of each job on each machine is given in the following
table. Give the job assignment s which will minimize cost.
Machines
1 2 3
Jobs A 1400 1600 1800
B 1200 1300 1400
C 1400 1800 1500
Good luck…good luck…God blesses…Merry Christmas….rtevangelio

I. Translate the following statements into its equivalent algebraic expressions or equations (15%).
14. A number minus three is equal to six times the number reduced by eighteen.

3 1
A. Logarithmic Function. Solve for x in the equation ln x = ln 6 - ln 3 - 4
2 2
B. Exponential Functions. Solve for x in the equation 3ex + 2 = e-x
C. System of Linear Equations. Given a system of linear equations:
2x + y – 3z = -6
x + 4y + z = -5
-2x – y + 2z = 4
Solve for x. Do not plot the graphs of the system.
D. Intersection of Functions. Find the solution set/s of the parabola y2 = 4x and the line
2x - y - 4 = 0. Plot the corresponding graphs showing the intersections.

number.
are they now?
hectares in 8 days?
Good luck…good luck…God blesses…Merry Christmas…rtevangelio
I. Translate the following statements into its equivalent algebraic expressions or equations (15%).

3 1
A. Logarithmic Function. Solve for x in the equation ln x = ln 5 - ln 3 -
2 2
B. Exponential Functions. Solve for x in the equation ex + 10 e-x = 7
C. System of Linear Equations. Given a system of linear equations:
2x + y – 3z = 10
x + 4y + z = 6
-2x – y + 2z = -9
Solve for x. Do not plot the graphs of the system.
D. Intersection of Functions. Find the solution set/s of the parabola x2 = 4y and the line
x - 2y + 4 = 0. Plot the corresponding graphs showing the intersections.

1. Number Relation Problems. Twice a number is twenty less than the product of seven and the number.
Find the number.
2. Mixture Problem . There are two kinds of candy, one of which is selling at P8.00 per kilo and the other at
P6.00 per kilo. How many kilos of the P6.00 candy can be mixed with 20 kilos of the P8.00 candy to have
a mixture worth P7.00 per kilo to sell?
3. Work Problem. A swimming pool can be filled up by pipes A and B in 3 hours and 35 minutes. If pipe A
can fill the pool in 6-1/2 hours alone, how long will pipe B fill it alone?
5. Investment Problems. If two partners earned a net profit of P32,000 and they agreed to divide the profit
with one partner receiving 15% more than the other one, how much will each partner received?
6. Age Problems. A man is 20 years old. His daughter is 5. In how many years will the man’s age be twice
his daughter’s age?
MATH 114/114a ● Final Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021


A. Solve for x: a). a-1*b*x*b-1*c = c*b

b). b*a-1*c-1*c*x*d = d-1*c
< Z4, ⋅4 >

B. Determine whether cyclic or not. Explain why. Write its elements and order.
a).
b). <{I,R,A,L}, *>
C. Transform as a single permutation in S8 and as disjoint cycles. Find its order.
a). (2 4 8)(1 5 2 4)(1 5 6 8)
b).
(15 )(
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 3 1 2 6 8 7 1 2 3 7 8 6 4 5 8 7 5 4 1 2 3 6 )( )
A. Let G = { ( ac db) ε M (R) / ad-bc ≠ 0}. Show whether <( a0 bc) + > is a subgroup of M (R).
2 , 2

∅ : x → log x
MATH 114/114a ● Final Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021


A. Solve for x: a). a-1*b*x*b-1*c = c*b

b). b*a-1*c-1*c*x*d = d-1*c
< Z4, ⋅4 >

B. Determine whether cyclic or not. Explain why. Write its elements and order.
a).
b). <{I,R,A,L}, *>
C. Transform as a single permutation in S8 and as disjoint cycles. Find its order.
a). (2 4 8)(1 5 2 4)(1 5 6 8)
b).
(15 )(
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 3 1 2 6 8 7 1 2 3 7 8 6 4 5 8 7 5 4 1 2 3 6 )( )
A. Let G = { ( ac db) ε M (R) / ad-bc ≠ 0}. Show whether <( a0 bc) + > is a subgroup of M (R).
2 , 2

∅ : x → log x
I. Provide the solutions to the experiments as required (20%).
A. The experiment is tossing a fair die once.

4. The probability that the face up is greater than 3.
5. The probability that the face up is less than 2.
B. The experiment is flipping a fair coin twice.

2. The probability that both heads occurs.
3. The probability that at least a head occurs.
4. The probability that only one tail occurs.
5. The probability that at least a tail occurs.
C. The experiment is drawing a card from a deck of ordinary cards.

1. The probability that the card is a red card.
2. The probability that the card is black card.
3. The probability that the card is greater than 10.
4. The probability that the card is a red ace.
5. The probability that the card is less than 5.
IV. Explain the following concepts in your own words as related to real life situations (15%).
1. Independent Events.
2. Probability of an Event.
3. Conditional Probability.
4. Random Variables.
5. Mutually Exclusive Events.
V. Solve the following problems (65%).
1. One bag contains 4 white balls and 3 black balls, and a second bag contains 3 white balls and 5
black balls. One ball is drawn at random from the second bag and is placed unseen in the first
bag. What is the probability that a ball now drawn from the first bag is white?
3. A coin is biased so that a head is twice as likely to occur as a tail. If the coin is tossed 4 times,
what is the probability of getting (a). exactly 2 heads? (b). at least 3 tails?
3. Suppose the colored balls are distributed in three indistinguishable boxes as follows:
Box
1 2 3
Red 2 4 3
White 3 1 4
Blue 5 3 3
A box is selected at random from which a ball is drawn at random
(b). Given that the ball is red, what is the probability that box 3 is selected?
4. Let W be a random variable giving the number of heads minus the number of tails in 3 tosses of
a coin. List the elements of the sample space S for the 3 tosses of the coin and to each sample
point assign a value w of W.

I. Explain in your own understanding briefly and concisely. Do not merely use definitions. Illustrate
through examples if necessary (30%).
problem?
form?
A. Transportation Problem. Use NWC and Stepping Stone Method combination.
cost.
B. Assignment Method.
The ABC Company has three jobs to be done on three machines. Each job must be done
on one and only one machine. The cost of each job on each machine is given in the following
table. Give the job assignment s which will minimize cost.
Machines
1 2 3
Jobs A 1400 1600 1800
B 1200 1300 1400
C 1400 1800 1500
C. Decision theory.
` A student is given an option to take the final test or get a grade of 75. If he takes the test
and passes, he will be given a grade of at least 84, a minimum rating he needs for his
scholarship. If he takes the test and fails, he will definitely be given a final grade of 70. The
probability of his failing the test is 80%. Help the student decide by using the tree diagram. Solve
the expected values and make a decision.
Good luck…good luck…God blesses…Merry Christmas….rtevangelio
MATH 112 2ND Sem AY 21-22 Quiz No. 2
A. Given: x – 2y + 3y = 5
3x – 2y + z = -5
-x + y -3z = -6
1. Transform into an equivalent matrix form (AX = B) and solve for X.
2. Transform into its augmented form and solve for the unknowns using row operations.
B. Given: B= [−22 3 −1
1 4 ]
3. Given the following sequence of row operations:
a). Interchange row 1 and row 2;
b). Multiply row 1 with -4;
c). Subtract row 2 with row 1 multiplied by 2; and,
d). Add row 1 with row 2.
Determine the resulting matrix by premultiplying B with the respective elementary row
operations as sequenced.
C. Determine the respective inverses of the given matrices.

4. C= [ 23 −21 ]
[ ]
2 3 1
5. D = −1 2 2
1 −1 2
Good Luck….good luck…..God blesses….rtevangelio
MATH 108 2ND Sem AY 21-22 Finals Quiz No. 2

A. Evaluate the following integrals by inversion of order:
1 √y
1. ∫∫ sinx x dx dy
0 y
1 1
2. ∫∫ √ 1+ y 2 dy dx
0 √x
B. Find the volume of the first octant bounded by the surfaces z = 1 + 2xy, y = 1 – x2. Solve in two ways.

Determine whether the following vectors form a basis.
1. Is { [0 0 1 1], [-1 1 1 2], [1 1 0 0], [2 1 2 1]} a basis of R4?
{[ ] [ ] [ ]}
3 −1 0
2. Is 2 , 2 , 1 a basis of R3?
2 1 0
2
3. Is {t + 1, t – 1, t + 2} a basis of P2?
4. Is
{[ ] [ ]}
1 0 3 1
,
2 1 2 1
a basis o 2R2?

Determine whether the following differential equations are exact. If not, find μ and solve.
dy x
1. =
dx x+ y
dy 4 y
2. + =x
dx x
3. (2y sin x – cos3 x) dx + cos x dy = 0
1. First Order Linear Equation.

dy
+ y cot x = cos x
dx
2. Method of Inspection.
(x3 + y) dx + (x2y – x) dy = 0
3. Equations Immediately Integrable.

y”’ = -2 cos x

A. Evaluate the following improper integrals.
∞
1
1. ∫ (x +1)2 dx
0
0
2. ∫ sin x dx
−∞
B. Use L’ Hopital’s Rule to solve the following.
x−3
3. lim x 3
x →3 e −e
sin x−1
4. lim
x→
π cos x
2
5. lim ¿ ¿ ¿
x→ ∞

A. Method of Inspection.
1. (x3 + y) dx + (x2y – x) dy = 0
2. (x – x2 – y2) dx + (y + x2 + y2) dy = 0
B. Equations Immediately Integrable.
3. x3y” = x3 – 1 ; y(1) = 1, y’(1) = 0

1
4. y”’ = -
x
5. yiv = 4 cos x ; y(0) = y’(0) = y”’(0) = 0
MATH 127 2ND Sem AY 21-22 Final Exams
A. In your own words and understanding, explain or demonstrate the following terms and processes
involved.
1. Separation of Variables.
2. Transformation of Variables.
3. Differential Equation made exact.
4. Linear First Order Equation.
5. Method of inspection.
B. Solve as required:
1. Differential Equation Made Exact. Use only one way.

dy x
= 2
dx x y + y 3
2. Linear First-Order Equation
y’ + y cot x = cos x
3. Method of Inspection
x dy + y dx −1 −3
Given that 4 = d (xy ) , solve (y –x5y4) dx + (x – x4y5) dy = 0
( xy) 3
x3 y” = 1 – x2 ; y(1) = 1, y’(1) = 0
Good luck…Happy summer vacation…God blesses…rtevangelio
MATH 133 2ND Sem AY 21-22 Final Exams
A. Answer the following using your own words and understanding.
1. What is the difference between the particular and general solutions?

2. For what purpose is the integrating factor, μ, to the differential equation?
3. When will a differential equation be considered First-Order Linear Differential equation?
xdx+ ydy
4. Show that = d ( √ x 2+ y 2 ).
√x + y
2 2
1. Exact Differential Equation. Use only one way.

dy 2 x−sin y
=
dx x cos y
2. Differential Equation Made Exact. Use only one way.
dy x
= 2
dx x y + y 3
3. Linear First-Order Equation
dy 1
=
dx x−3 y
4. Method of Inspection
(x2 + y2 + y) dx + (x2 + y2 – x) dy = 0
−x
y”’ =
2
Good luck…Happy summer vacation…God blesses…rtevangelio
MATH 101 QUIZ 1 (Final) AY 23-24

A. Write each given intervals in two other ways (25%).
1. -4 ≤ x + 2 ≤ 7
2. [ 0, ∝ )
3.
-6 -2
● -
4. (-∝, -3]
5. - 4x ¿ -12
B. Find the solution sets of the given inequalities to be
described in interval forms. Sketch only the final graphs of
the final solution (75%).
1. 7(3 – 4x) ≥ 3(x - 6) + 7
x+2 2 x +3 x−2
2. – ¿5-
3 5 4
3. - 4 ¿ 3x – 4 ≤ 6
4. |3−2 x| ≥ 12
5. |2 x+ 3| ≤ 8
MATH 115 1st Sem AY 22-23 Quiz 1

A. Find the solution sets. Plot the respective graphs and label all essential parts.
1. 5x – 6y = -14
2x + 5y = 24
2. 5x1 + 3x2 ≥ 60
2x1 + 5x2 ≤ 40
x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0
B. Determine the mathematical models prescribed by the problem. Tabulate the initial stages.
3. A poultry raiser plans to raise chicken, ducks and turkeys. He has room for only 200 birds and wishes to
limit the number of turkeys to as maximum of 25, the number of turkeys and ducks to a maximum of 100.
His estimated profits are P30, P25 and P120 on each chicken, duck and turkey respectively. How many of
each should he raise to maximize his profit?
4. Machine A and B produce items at the rate of 400 per hour and 300 per hour respectively. The production
plan indicates that the total items to produce by the two machines must be at least 8,000 items. The total
number of hours available for running the two machines is at most 20 hours. Machine A spends P25 per
hour operational cost, while B, P40. How many hours should each machine be used in order to minimize
the cost?
C. Solve as required by the objective function. Show representative iso- lines.
5. Min C = 100x + 120y
s.t. x ≤ 2
y≥6
x + y ≤ 10
x, y ≥ 0
Good luck…God blesses…rtevangelio
MATH 115 1st Sem AY 22-23 Quiz 1

A. Find the solution sets. Plot the respective graphs and label all essential parts.
1. 5x – 6y = -14
2x + 5y = 24
2. 5x1 + 3x2 ≥ 60
2x1 + 5x2 ≤ 40
x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0
B. Determine the mathematical models prescribed by the problem. Tabulate the initial stages.
limit the number of turkeys to as maximum of 25, the number of turkeys and ducks to a maximum of 100.
4. Machine A and B produce items at the rate of 400 per hour and 300 per hour respectively. The production
plan indicates that the total items to produce by the two machines must be at least 8,000 items. The total
number of hours available for running the two machines is at most 20 hours. Machine A spends P25 per
hour operational cost, while B, P40. How many hours should each machine be used in order to minimize
the cost?
C. Solve as required by the objective function. Show representative iso- lines.
5. Min C = 100x + 120y
s.t. x ≤ 2
y≥6
x + y ≤ 10
x, y ≥ 0

MATH 130 – 1ST Sem AY 22-23 Quiz
General Direction: Formulate the mathematical model and solve for the solution as required. Plot and label
all essential parts. Use the graphical method.
limit the number of turkeys to a maximum of 25, the number of turkeys and ducks to a maximum of 100.
the mixture. This consists of two ingredients: P, a source of protein and C, a carbohydrate source.
The first ingredient P costs P6 a pound. The second ingredient C, costs 16 a pound. The mixture
cannot be more than 150 pounds P, and it must have at least 200 pounds C. The company’s problem is
to determine how much of each ingredient to use to minimize cost, but satisfy the requirements.
Good Luck…..God blesses…..rtevangelio

MATH 110 QUIZ 1st Sem AY 22-23
General Direction: Solve as required.
1. How long will it take P807.00 to earn P95.00 at 4.25%?

3
2. Using the banker’s rule, find the simple interest and the maturity value if P17,000.00 is invested at 7 % from May
4
28, 2022 to August 16, 2022.
3. What principal invested on May 20, 2022 will amount to P3,760.30 on July 12, 2022 if the rate is 7% and exact
simple interest for the exact time is used?
1
4. A 4-month note whose face value is P4,520.00 bears interest at 9 %. The note is discounted two months before
2
maturity at a bank whose discount rate is 8%. Find the proceeds.
5. A P10,000.00 72-day note was discounted after 15 days at a discount rate of 9%. The proceeds were P10,000.00.
Find the interest of the note.
Good luck….God blesses….rtevangelio
MATH 110 LONG QUIZ 1st Sem AY 22-23
1. Juana deposited P5,000.00 today for an interest rate of 10% compounded quarterly. After 2 years, she
added another P2,000.00 to the deposit of the same compounding and without withdrawal . During the
fifth year, she added another P3,000.00 to the deposit of the same rate and condition. How much will she
withdraw totally at the end of the tenth year if she closes her account?
2. Juan wishes to deposit money in the bank in such a way that he can withdraw P10,000.00 at the end of
the first year and another P10,000.00 of the second year. If upon withdrawal of the second year the bank
balance will be zero, how much was deposited at the start of the first year if the rate is 7% compounded
semiannually?
3. If the nominal rate is uniform at 10% but the conversion periods are semiannual, quarterly and monthly.
Determine the number of months per conversion to achieve an equal amount of future amount after a
year of annual compounding.
Good luck….God blesses….rtevangelio
2. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a). (A ∆ C) – (B ∩ C)
b). [(A – B) ∩ (A ∪ C)] ∆ (B ∆ C)
c). (B ∩ C) x (A – B)
a). [A ∪ B ∪ C] ∩ (A – B)
b). (B ∆ C) ∩ (A ∪ B)
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β :x→
3
a). (x)α 2 β
b). (x)α β 2
c). (x) β 3
B. Proving.
1. Decide whether the statement is a theorem or not. If it is a theorem, prove it. If
it is not, give a counterexample.
b). The square of every odd integer is one more than an integral multiple of 4.
2 2
n (n+1)
4
Let A=R
I. Identify the following:

1. A fee paid for the use of one’s money.
2. A certain amount deducted by the banks from the interest earned as authorized.
3. Referring to interest where the year is taken as 360 days.
4. A written promise to pay a certain sum of money on a specified date.
5. A sequence of equal payments made at equal intervals of time.
6. An annuity whose first payment is to start at some future date.
7. Referring to interest where the year is taken as 365 days.
8. An annuity whose payment are made at the beginning of each payment interval, not end.
9. A deduction from the maturity value of an obligation when sold before its maturity date.
10. Referring to the due date of a transaction.
II. Differentiate the following related terms.

1. Exact and Ordinary Interest
2. Exact and Approximate time.
3. Nominal and Effective Rate.
4. Simple and Compound Interest.
5. Annuity Certain and Contingent Annuity.
III. Problems for solutions.

1. A six month note for P3,000.00 at 8% simple interest was later discounted at a bank charging
6% discount. If the proceeds were P3,069.20, how long did the bank, which discounted the
note, have the note?
2. Miss Bessy has an 3 outstanding loans of different rates and date dues: P3000.00 payable
after 5 years with interest of 9% compounded semiannually; P5,000.00 payable after 7 years
with interest of 7% compounded quarterly ; and, P7,000.00 after 9 years with interest of 10%
compounded annually. If she is going to pay in lump sum at the end of 4 years, how much will
she pay?
3. Juan’s father deposited an amount todate so that after 5 years, Juan can withdraw annually
P10,000.00 for his education. If the interest is 10% compounded monthly annually, how much
will Juan’s father deposit now?
Good luck…Good luck….God blesses….rtevangelio
GE 3 MIDTERM EXAMS – 1ST Sem AY 22-23
I. FILL IN THE BLANKS:

1. -5, -2, 1, ___, 7, ___ 6. 3, 6, 12, 24, ___, ___
1
2. 1, 3, 5, 7, ___, ___ 7. , 1, 3, ___, 27, ____
3
1
3. 0.28, 0.29, 0.30, ___, ___ 8. - , 2, -8, 32, ___, ___
2
4. ½, 5/4, 2, ___, 7/2, ___ 9. -1/4, -1/8, -1/16, ___,- 1/64, ___
5. 3, 0, -3, -6, ___, ___ 10. 4, -8, 16, ____, 64, ____
II. SOLVE AS REQUIRED:

1. Write the first 5 terms of the arithmetic sequence given that a = 1, a4 = 4.
2. If a = 2/3, n = 10 and a10 = 31/6, find d and S10.
3. Find the 5th term of the geometric sequence which begins with 7/8 and 7/4.
n
a(1−r )
4. Find the sum of the terms 2,-6,18,-54,162, -486, 1458 using the formula Sn = .
1−r
[ ( )]
n
1 1+ √ 5
5. Find the 10th number in the Fibonacci sequence using the formula Fn = .
√5 2
III. BASIC CONCEPTS OF SETS.
A. Write in roster form the given builder notation of the sets.
1. A = {x/x is a vowel of the English alphabet}
2. B = {x/x is a cat with three eyes}
B. Write in builder notation form of the given list of elements.
3. C = { 0, 1,2,3,4,5}
4. D = {Elementary, Secondary, Tertiary, Post Graduate}
C. Given: A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} B = {3, 4, 5, 6, 7} C = {5, 6, 7, 8, 9}
Find: [A ∪ B] ∩ [B ∪ C ]
Good Luck….God blesses….rtevangelio
MATH 115 – Group A ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2022-23
1. A trash-removal company carries industrial waste in sealed containers in its fleet of trucks. Each container
fr4om P & V Corp. weighs
6 pounds and is one cubic feet in volume, while each container from R & S Corp. weighs 12 pounds and is
4 cubic feet in volume. The company charges the P & V Corp. P6.00 for each container carried on a trip
and P3.00 for each container from the R & S Corp. If a truck cannot carry more than 18,000 pounds and
cannot accommodate more than 5,000 cubic feet in volume, how many containers from each company
should be carried in one truck on each trip to maximize the income of the trash-removal company?
2. An animal food producer mixes two types of animal food: x and y. Each unit of x costs P100.00 and
contains 40 grams of fat, 20 grams of protein and 1600 calories. Each unit of y costs P80.00 and contains
60 grams of fat, 60 grams of protein and 1200 calories. Suppose the producer wants each unit of the final
product to yield at least 360 grams of fat, at least 240 grams of protein and at least 9600 calories, how
many of each type of grain should the producer use to minimize his cost?
minimization.
1. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
s.t. 2x + y = 12 s.t. x+y≤6
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y ≥ 20
2x + 3y ≤ 24 2x + y ¿ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
s.t. 2x + y ≤ 12
2x + 3y ≤ 24
2x + 9y ≥ 36
x ≥0, y ≥ 0
s.t. 2x + 3y ≤ 24
2x + 9y ≥ 36
x ≥0, y ≥ 0
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0
4. Big M Technique Min C = 10x1 + 2x2
s.t. x1 + x2 ≥ 10
3x1 + x2 ≤ 12
x 1, x 2 ≥ 0
GE 10 MIDTERM – 1st Sem AY 22-23 A
Name : _________________________________/__ Course/Year: _____________________________________
I. FILL IN THE BLANKS IN THE LEFT HAND CORNER WITH THE LETTER CORRESPONDING TO THE ANSWER AS DESCRIBED:
___ 1. Process of obtaining numerical measurements. A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Interpretation
___ 2. Statistics devoted to summarization and description of data sets.
A). Consequential B). Descriptive C). Inferential D). Experimental
___ 3. Sampling method wherein the members are simply picked needed whoever are at hand.
A). Quota B). Judgmental C). Purposive D). Accidental
___ 4. Type of data expressed always in whole numbers. A). Continuous B). Decimal C). Discrete D). Fractional
___ 5. Variable that is not a part of the study but may affect the study and had to be controlled.
A). Extraneous B). Dependent C). Independent D). Moderator
___ 6. Measurement scale wherein the numerals are assigned with labels. A). Ordinal B). Nominal C). Interval D). Ratio
___ 7. Collection method wherein written responses are given to prepared questions.
A). Indirect B). Direct C). Interview D). Registration
___ 8. Collection method wherein information are gathered in compliance with certain laws and policies.
A). Registration B). Telephone Interview C). Observation D). Experiment
___ 9. Type of table small in size and designed to guide the reader in analyzing accompanied with a text discussion.
A). General Table B). Summary Text C). Reference Table D). Appendix
___ 10.Graphical data representation using heavy lines of equal widths, vertical or horizontal.
A). Line Chart B). Circle Graph C). Bar graph D). Pie Chart
___ 11.Process of extracting from the given data relevant information from which numerical descriptions can be
formulated.
A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Interpretation D). Analysis
___ 12.Refers to totality of objects, individuals, that can be described to have a unique combination of qualities.
A). Sample B). Cluster C). Universe D). Population
___ 13. Sampling method wherein the population is divided into layers of more or less homogeneous categories.
A) Simple Random B). Systematic C). Stratified D). Cluster Sampling
___ 14.Quantity which do not vary or is fixed. A). Variable B). Parameter C). Constant D). Factor
___ 15.Also referred to as predictor. A). Moderator B). Dependent C). Extraneous D). Independent
___ 16.Data when numbers used to identify observations represent not only ordering but also meaningful information.
A). Interval B). Nominal C). Ordinal D). Ratio
___ 17. Information taken from published previously gathered by other individuals.
A). Primary B). Secondary C). Tertiary D). Quartiary
___ 18.Collection method wherein calling devices are used mostly facilitated in opinion surveys of radios or TV’s.
A). Experiment B). Observation C). Questionnaire D). Telephone Interview
___ 19. Form of presenting the data in rows and columns. A}. Textular B). Textual C). Tabular D). Narrative
___ 20. Graphical data presentation using circles to represent a whole and parts in percentages.
A). Pictogram B). Line Chart C). Circle Graph D). Cartogram
___ 21.Drawing conclusions from the analyzed data with predictions or forecast.
A) Collection B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Interpretation
___ 22.A finite number of objects selected from a large group of data. A). Population B). Sample C). Cluster D). Universe
___ 23.Sampling method wherein each member is assigned using lottery or random table.
A). Simple Random B). Systematic C). Stratified D). Cluster Sampling
___ 24.An observable characteristic under investigation capable of taking several values representing a certain category.
A). Variable B). Constant C). Parameter D). Factor
___ 25.Also referred to as predictand. A). Independent B). Dependent C). Moderator D). Extraneous
___ 26.Data when the numbers has an absolute or natural zero, the point of origin being a fixed one.
A) Nominal B). Ratio C). Ordinal D). Interval
___ 27.Information gathered directly from an original source. A). Secondary B). Quartiary C). Primary D). Tertiary
___ 28.Collection method utilizing a laboratory room or introducing and comparing new innovations with conventionals.
A). Direct B). Indirect C). Experiment D). Observation
___ 29. Form of presenting with a narrative only. A). Tabular B). Graphical C). Pictorial D). Textular
___ 30.Graphical data presentation using symbols to represent values. A). Tabular B). Cartogram C). Map graph D).
Pictograph
___ 41. Form of grouping data according to size. A). Categorical B). Numerical C). Analytical D). Qualitative
___ 42. The middlemost item in an array. A). Mode B). Mean C). Median D). Midrange
___ 43. Refers to the number of observations within a category. A). Class Limit B). Class Size C). Class boundary D). Class
Frequency
___ 44. Data presented in its original form as raw data. A). Ungrouped data B). Grouped data C). Statistic D). Plural Statistic
___ 45. Refers to the class width or class length. A). Class Limit B). Class Boundary C). Class size D). Class Frequency
___ 46. Form of grouping data into non-numerical categories. A). Categorical B). Quantitative C). Numerical D). Analytical
___ 47. The most prevailing, fashionable item in a group of data. A). Mean B). Median C). Mode D). Midrange
___ 48. The end marks or end values of each class interval. A). Class Size B). Class Limit C). Class Boundary D). Class
Frequency
___ 49. The mean of the smallest and largest values of the data. A). Mean B). Median C). Midrange D). Range
___ 50. Refers to the class midpoint or midmark. A). Class Limit B). Class Boundary C). Class Size D). Class Mark
___ 51. Point measure dividing the distribution into ten parts. A). Quartile B). Percentile C). Quantile D). Decile
___ 52. A grouping defined by a lower and upper limit. A). Class Size B). Class Frequency C). Ogive D). Class Interval
___ 53. The mean wherein some values are given importance.
A). Weighted Arithmetic Mean B). Simple Mean C). Trimodial D). Bimodial
___ 54. Frequency distribution in a bar graph presentation. A). Frequency Polygon B). Histogram C). Ogive D). Relative
Frequency
___ 55. Refers to point measures or fractiles. A). Mean B). Fractions C). Quantiles D). Decimals
___ 56. Frequency distribution in a line chart presentation. A). Bar Graph B). Circle Graph C). Pie Chart D). Line Graph
___ 57. Point measure dividing the distribution into 100 parts. A). Percentile B). Decile C). Quartile D). Quantile
___ 58. Refers to the cumulative frequency distribution. A). Relative Frequency B). Histogram C). Ogive D). Frequency
Polygon
___ 59. Data already presented in table form. A). Ungrouped Data B). Plural Statistic. C). Grouped Data D). Statistic
___ 60. Point measure dividing the distribution into four parts. A). Decile B). Quartile C). Quantile D). Percentile
For numbers 61 to 65, given the following scores 13, 16, 18, 21, 21, 22, 23, 23, 24, 26, 26, 28, 32, 34, find:
___ 61. What is its range? A). 21 B). 22.5 C). 23 D). 23.5
___ 62. What is its midrange? A). 22.5 B). 23.5 C). 23.36 D). 24
___ 63. What is its mean? A). 24 B). 23.36 C). 23.5 D). 22.5
___ 64. What is its median? A). 23.36 B). 23.5 C). 23 D). 24
___ 65. What is its mode? A). 21,22,26 B). 21, 23, 26 C). 22, 23, 26 D). 21, 22, 23
For numbers 65 to 75, please refer the questions from the given Frequency Distribution Table below:
Class Frequency X F
30.5 – 35.5 3 32 20
25.5 – 30.5 5 28 17
20.5 - 25.5 7 23 12
15.5 – 20.5 4 18 5
10.5 – 15.5 1 13 1
N = 20
___ 66. What is its mean? A). 23.5 B). 24 c). 24.07 D). 24.10
___ 67. What is its median? A). 23 B). 23.5 C). 24 D). 24.07
___ 68. What is its True Mode? A). 24.16 B). 25 C). 23.5 D). 24.07
___ 69. What is its Crude Mode? A). 23 B). 23.5 C). 24.07 D). 24.16
___ 70. What is its Formula Mode? A). 23 B). 23.5 C). 24.07 D). 24.16
___ 71. What is its third quartile or Q3? A). 23 B). 28.5 C). 32 D). 32.5
___ 72. What is its second decile or D2? A). 13 B). 18.5 C). 19.25 D). 23.5
___ 73. What is its twenty fifth percentile or P25? A). 18.5 B). 19.25 C). 20.5 D). 28.5
___ 74. What is its median class? A). 10.5-15.5 B). 30.5-35.5 C). 15.5-20.5 D). 20.5-25.5
___ 75. What is its modal class? A). 10.5-15.5 B). 30.5-35.5 C). 15.5-20.5 D). 20.5-25.5
I. Given below the names of ancient mathematicians:

A. Euclid B. Pythagoras C. Archimedes D. Thales of Miletus E. Aristotle F. Diophantus G. Eratosthenes
Write the corresponding letter of the Mathematician in the blanks provided as described.
____ 1. Founder of Geometry.
____ 2. Use deductive reasoning as applied to Geometry.
____ 3. Measured approximately the circumference of the earth.
____ 4. Father of Logic.
____ 5. Discovered the nature of buoyancy of water.
____ 6. Father of Science.
____ 7. Wrote the book entitled “Elements”.
____ 8. Author of the book of Arithmetica.
____ 9. First pure mathematician.
____ 10. Tutor of Alexander the Great.
____ 11. Father of Geography.
____ 12. Calculated approximately the value of pi.
____ 13. Wrote 6 works grouped as the Organon.
____ 14. Father of Numbers.
____ 15. Father of Algebra.
II. For each one of the seven (7) Mathematicians, discuss their contributions relevant to Mathematics. Select
only one contribution to be discussed.
MATH 130 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2022-23

1. A trash-removal company carries industrial waste in sealed containers in its fleet of trucks. Each container fr4om P &
V Corp. weighs 6 pounds and is one cubic feet in volume, while each container from R & S Corp. weighs 12 pounds
and is 4 cubic feet in volume. The company charges the P & V Corp. P6.00 for each container carried on a trip and
P3.00 for each container from the R & S Corp. If a truck cannot carry more than 18,000 pounds and cannot
accommodate more than 5,000 cubic feet in volume, how many containers from each company should be carried in
one truck on each trip to maximize the income of the trash-removal company?
2. An animal food producer mixes two types of animal food: x and y. Each unit of x costs P100.00 and contains 40
grams of fat, 20 grams of protein and 1600 calories. Each unit of y costs P80.00 and contains 60 grams of fat, 60 grams
of protein and 1200 calories. Suppose the producer wants each unit of the final product to yield at least 360 grams of
fat, at least 240 grams of protein and at least 9600 calories, how many of each type of grain should the producer use
to minimize his cost?
B. Convert the following inequalities into a new program of equations. Use the method by Dantzig for the minimization
problem.
1. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
s.t. 2x + y ≤ 12 s.t. x+y≥6
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y = 20
2x + 3y = 24 2x + y ≤ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
C. Identify the mathematical model of constraints of the given feasible region produced. Determine and label all corners of the region.
D. Solve the following linear problems as prescribed. Draw conclusion for each solutions.
s.t. x ≤ 20
y ≤ 30
x + y ≤ 48
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
2. Table Form by Dantzig a). Max P = 5x + 4y b). Min C = 20x + 10y + 80z
s.t. 2x + y = 12 s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 3y ≥ 24 2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0
MATH 101 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2022-23 A
F. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

1. 15x2 - 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x)
2. (a2n – 7an + 12)(an + 3)
5.
√3 r 2 s ∙ √ 15 rs5
√ 80 rs
y+1
6. 3
1−
y+ 4
G. Solve for the unknowns as required.
5x 2x 3x
6 3 2
n(a−t)
2. s= + 3t Solve for t.
2−n
H. Find the solution sets of the given inequality in interval form. Plot the solution set in a graph.
x−1 x−2
1. +x≤4-
5 3
2. ¿ 8 – 2x |¿ 7
3. |2−3 x| ≥ 6
MATH 101 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2022-23 B
D. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

1. 13x3 - 6x2(3 - 7x) – 6x(3x - 9)
2. (b2m – 4bm + 10)(bm - 1)
3. Divide (18y3 – 18xy2 – 6yx2 +2) by (y – 3x)
c √ 4 cd
5.
√32 c 2 d 2
2 2
−
6. x +5 5
x
E. Solve for the unknowns as required.
3x 1 x
10 2 5
2(a+t )
2. 3s = -s Solve for t.
n−1
F. Find the solution sets of the given inequality in interval form. Plot the solution set in a graph.
x+1 x−2
1. x- ≥ +5
3 2
2. ¿ 2x + 8 |¿ 9
3. |3−5 x|≥ 8
MATH 101 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2022-23 C
E. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

1. 14x3 + 6x2(3 - 7x) – 2x(3x - 8)
2. (b3m + 3bm - 10)(b2m + 2)
3. Divide (15z3 – 5zy2 + 6yz2) by (z – 3y)
4. Factor 4y3x6 – 16yd8
5.
√32 d 2 √ 4 cd
√32 c 2 d 2
1
y− s
y
6.
1
1− 2
y
F. Solve for the unknowns as required.
3x 1 x
1. – 2x = + Solve for x.
5 5 3
2(a+t )
2. 2s - 3 = Solve for t.
n+1
3. -2x2 + 11x – 15 = 0 Solve for x using completing the squares.
G. Find the solution sets of the given inequality in interval form. Plot the solution set in a graph.
x−1 x+2
1. x+ ¿ -8
5 2
2. ¿ x - 8 |≤ 6
3. |4−5 x|≥ 9
M114 Finals Quiz 2
1. Let R2 = R x R = {(a,b)/a,b ε R} be the group with binary operations given by (a,b) + (c,d) = (a+c, b+d).
2. Consider ¿R, ∙>¿ and ¿ R+, +¿
∅ : x → ex
a).
[ ][
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3 4 2 8 10 6 7 1 5 9 2 4 1 8 10 6 7 3 5 9 1 4 2 3 8 10 7 5 6 9 ][ ]
b). (3 2 8)(5 3 10 6)(1 5 7 8)
c). Transform disjoint cycles in a and b as transpositions.
I. Explain briefly and concisely. Do not merely use definitions. Illustrate through examples if necessary (30%).
1. What is a feasible region in graphing the explicit and implicit constraints of a linear
programming problem?
2. When can we say that that the resulting reformulated limitations or constraints is in canonical form?
4. When can we say that a certain business is a monopoly as based on the feasible region plotted with reference to the
constraints?
6. Give a reason then explain why we had to add artificial variables whenever the constraint is greater than or equal to
and we subtract a surplus variable in minimization problems.
III. Problems. Determine the solution set using the methods as prescribed.
A. Tableau format by Dantzig.(20%) Min C = 3x + 12y
s.t. 5x + y ≤ 15
x + 3y ≥ 20
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
B. Two-Phase Simplex Method. (20%) Max P = 5x1 + 4x2

s.t. 2x1 + x2 = 12
2x1 + 3x2 ≤ 24
x1 + 9x2 ≥ 36
x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0
C. Transportation Problem. Use NWC and Stepping Stone Method combination.(20%)

The Victoria Mining Company has two manufacturing plants and three distributors. Plant 1 can produce 400 units
per period, and plant 2 can produce 500 units per period. The requirements of distributors 1, 2 and 3 are 225, 235 and
350 units, respectively. Shipping costs from plant 1 to distributors’ 1, 2 and 3 are P30, P23 and P25. The corresponding
costs from plant 2 are P26, P35 and P29. The objective is to find a plan of distribution that will yield the least cost.
D. Assignment Method. Use Victorino’s method in the cancellation processes.(20%)
Engr. Morasa has to assign 4 teams to work on 4 projects. The costs charged by each team are as follows. Costs
are in thousands of pesos. Determine the least cost of assignment.
Projects
1 2 3 4
Teams A 15 18 20 16
B 18 17 14 20
C 21 20 13 15
D 17 15 18 19
GE 10a FINAL EXAMS – 1st Sem AY 22-23

Name : ______________________________________________ Course/Year: __________________________________________
General Direction: FILL IN THE BLANKS IN THE LEFT HAND CORNER WITH THE LETTER CORRESPONDING TO THE ANSWER AS REQUIRED.
___ 1. The middlemost item in an array. A). Mode B). Mean C). Median D). Midrange
___ 2. Refers to the class width or class length. A). Class Limit B). Class Boundary C). Class size D). Class Frequency
___ 3. Point measure dividing the distribution into four parts. A). Quartile B). Percentile C). Quantile D). Decile
___ 4. The most prevailing, fashionable item in a group of data. A). Mean B). Median C). Mode D). Midrange
___ 5. The end marks or end values of each class interval. A). Class Size B). Class Limit C). Class Boundary D). Class Frequency
___ 6. Point measure dividing the distribution into one-hundred parts. A). Quartile B). Percentile C). Quantile D). Decile
___ 7. The mean of the smallest and largest values of the data. A). Mean B). Median C). Midrange D). Range
___ 8. Refers to the class midpoint or midmark. A). Class Limit B). Class Boundary C). Class Size D). Class Mark
___ 11. The mean wherein some values are given importance. A). Weighted Arithmetic Mean B). Simple Mean C). Trimodial D). Bimodial
___ 13. What is its mean? A). 24 B). 23.36 C). 23.5 D). 22.5
___ 14. In the formula for mean, X = ∑x/N, the value of N is A). 13 B). 14 C). 12 D). 16
___ 15. What is its median? A). 26 B). 23.5 C). 23 D). 24
___ 16. What is its mode? A). 21,22,26 B). 21, 23, 26 C). 22, 23, 26 D). 21, 22, 23
___ 17. What is its midrange? A). 22.5 B). 23.5 C). 23.36 D). 24
___ 18. What is its range? A). 21 B). 22.5 C). 23 D). 23.5
∑|x−mean|
___ 19. What is its average deviation, AD= ? A). 4.27 B). 5.27 C ). 4.72 D). 5.72
N
√
2 ( ∑ x )2
___ 20. What is its standard deviation, SD = ∑x − ? A). 4. 879 B). 8.479 C). 7. 489 D). 9.784
N
N
Class Frequency X F
30.5 – 35.5 3 33 20
25.5 – 30.5 5 28 17
20.5 - 25.5 7 23 12
15.5 – 20.5 4 18 5
10.5 – 15.5 1 13 1
___ 21. What is its mean? A). 23.5 B). 24.25 c). 24.07 D). 24.10
___ 27. In the formula for mode, Mo = Lmo +
∆1
(
∆ 1+ ∆2
c, L
) mo is A). 10.5 B). 15.5 C ). 20.5 D ). 25.5
___ 28. In the formula for mode in number 25, ∆ is A). 4

1 B). 2 C ). 3 D). 6
2 B). 3 C ). 2 D). 4
___ 30. What is its mode using the formula in number 25? A). 23 B). 23.5 C). 24.07 D). 24.16
___ 31. In the third quartile, Q3 = L3 +

( kN −F
f )
c ,L 3 is A). 20.5 B). 25.5 C ). 30.5 D). 10.5
___ 32. In the third quartile formula, k is A). 3/4 B). 4/4 C). 2/4 D). 1/4
___ 33. In the third quartile formula, N is A). 10 B). 20 C ). 5 D). 15
___ 34. In the third quartile formula, F is A). 1 B). 5 C). 12 D). 17
___ 35. In the third quartile formula, f is A). 1 B). 4 C). 7 D). 5
___ 36. In the third quartile formula, c is A). 5 B). 4 C). 6 D). 7
___ 38. In the second decile formula, D2 = L2 +

( kN f−F ) c , L2 is A). 10.5 B). 20.5 C). 15.5 D). 25.5
___ 39. In the second decile formula, k is A). 3/10 B). 22/10 C). 20/10 D). 2/10
___ 40. In the second decile formula, N is A). 20 B). 10 C). 15 D). 5
___ 41. In the second decile formula, F is A). 1 B). 5 C). 12 D). 17
___ 42. In the second decile formula, f is A). 1 B). 4 C). 7 D). 5
___ 43. In the second decile formula, c is A). 4 B). 5 C). 6 D). 7
___ 45. What is the quartile equivalent of the 25th percentile? A). Q2 B). Q4 C). Q1 D). Q3
___ 46. In the 25th percentile formula, P25 = L25 +

( kN f−F ) c , L25 is A). 30.5 B). 25.5 C). 20.5 D). 15.5
___ 47. In the 25th percentile formula, k is A). 25/10 B). 250/100 C). 2/5 D). 25/100
___ 48. In the 25th percentile formula, N is A). 5 B). 10 C). 20 D). 15
___ 49. In the 25th percentile formula, F is A). 5 B). 1 C). 12 D). 17
___ 50. In the 25th percentile formula, f is A). 4 B). 7 C). 5 D). 3
___ 51. In the 25th percentile formula, c is A). 5 B). 7 C). 4 D). 6
___ 52. What is its twenty fifth percentile or P25? A). 18.5 B). 19.25 C). 20.5 D). 28.5
___ 53. What is its Mean Absolute Deviation or MAD? A). 5.43 B). 4.53 C). 3.45 D).5.34
___ 54. What is its Standard Deviation or SD? A). 5.69 B). 6.59 C). 9.65 D). 5.59
___ 55. If the standard deviation is 3.4 and mean 46.5, what is its Coefficient of Variation, CV? A). 0.450 B). 0.540 C). 0.064 D). 0.046
GE 3 FINAL EXAMS 1ST ay 22-23
I. Modified True or False. Answer true if it’s true. If it is false, underline what makes the statement false and change the term
or phrase to make it true. (10%)
1. Multiplying like signed numbers results to a positive number
2. When adding unlike signed numbers, solve for the difference then affixed the sign of the smaller number.
3. Similar terms are terms having the same variables and respective powers.
4. Dissimilar terms are terms having the same variables and powers but different constant coefficients.
5. Multiplying three unlike signed numbers results to a negative number.
6. Binary numbers are base 2 modulo numbers.
7. Days of the week are similar to base 6 modulo numbers.
8. One year in months is equivalent to base 12 modulo numbers.
9. An n-and-off is the same as base 2 modulo numbers.
10. Adding bases (ie. 2, 4, or 7) other than 10 are treated similarly but only with different tens or hundred’s endings.
II. Expand the following numerals according to bases given (20%).

1). (Base 10) 92,050 2). (Base 7) 16,543
III. Convert the given numerals to bases as required (20%):

3). 4,168 (Base 10) to base 5 4). 24,013 (Base 5) to base 10
IV. Perform the operation (25%):
5). Base 2 101111 6). Base 7 64531 7). Base 4 320031
110111 33452 - 123322__
+ 100100 + 54435__
V. Simplify the following (25%):

1. 12 ÷ 3 + 2(-1)2 – 3(-2)
2. 20 – (12 ÷ 2) + (-5)(-2)
3. 2c – 2(3a + b) + 3(a – 3b)
4. 15x2 – 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x) - 5x2
5. 5(x + 2y – 3z) + 4(-2x + y + 3z)
Good luck……. God blesses….RTEVANGELIO
I. Explain in your own words the following given terms or phrases. Illustrate in examples if necessary. (15%).
!. Bijective 6. Binary operations
a). Add (Base 5): 4322 + 1443 + 20`11 + 4322
b). Multiply (Base 4): 3212 x 322
c). Convert 4322 (base 6) to base 2
e). Determine whether cyclic or not. Write its elements and order. < Z4, ⋅4 >
d). Solve for x in: a-1*b*x*b-1*c = c*b
f). Transform as a single permutation in S10 and as disjoint cycles. Find its order.
(24 8)(1 5 2 4)(1 5 6 8)
1. Let G = {( ac db) ε M2(R) / ad-bc ≠ 0}. Show whether < ( a0 bc) , + > is a group.
2. Consider < R+, +> and <R, ⋅ >.

∅ : x → log x
3. Today is Tuesday. What day will be 354 days from now and 207 days before today? Show solutions.
I. These are terms often used in the banking system. Describe as you understand them: (20%)
1. Annuity 6. Promissory Notes
2. Sinking Fund 7. Non-Interest Bearing
3. Amortization 8. Accounts
4. Interest 9. Loans
5. Bonds 10. Book Value
II. Draw the cash flow diagrams as prescribed. Indicate all necessary information. Do not solve. (20%)
1. A loan of P50,000.00 to date payable in 5 years with interest at 10% compounded semi-annually. What is its
future worth after 5 years if no payment has been made?
2. A sinking fund to start this year for 10 years at P1,000.00 deposit per period earning an interest of 7%
compounded quarterly. How much will be its accumulated amount after the last deposit? Treat as an ordinary
annuity.
3. How much will I borrow now at 6% interest if I had to pay P1000.00 monthly for 2 years starting next month?
4. If I borrow P100,000.00 at 10% compounded semiannually but deferred first payment after 2 years unto which
payment becomes regular annuity for the next 3 years.
5. An increasing payment of excremental P100.00 per payment for 3 years at 8% compounded quarterly. How much
was loaned out?
III. Problems for solutions. (60%)
Mr. Crux availed of a loan in the amount of P100,000.00 payable in 5 years with an interest of 20% compounded semi-
annually. Answer the following options he has and for every possible transaction, draw its respective cash flows:
1. How much will he pay annually starting the next year in equal amounts to consummate the loan in the same term
period and consummate the loan after the last payment?
2. If he deferred payment for 2 years and only start paying equal amounts at the beginning year of the third year and
this time every 6 months, how much will he be paying to still consummate payment for 5 years reckoned from
the time he availed the loan?
3. If he opted for a diminishing payments until the end of 5 years with first payment after 6 months after availing of
loan, how much will be the first payment and what will be its gradient (incremental decrease)?
MATH 101 ● Final Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2022-23
I. Translate the given narrative or descriptions into its equivalent mathematical symbols or model (15%).
1. The sum of four consecutive odd integers.
2. The difference of a number and twice its reciprocal.
3. Twice the sum of x and y increased by six is twenty-five.
4. Thrice a number diminished by five is 14.
5. Four more than twice the sum of a and b.
7. A certain number added to four times that number.
8. The difference between the third and first of three consecutive numbers is equal to one-half the second.
9. Two more than, a certain number over three.
10. The product of a number and the next consecutive number is seven times the number.
II. Solve as required (50%):
A. Determine the final solution sets of the given problem. Plot its corresponding graph. (60%)
1. 2x2 + x + 3 ≥ 0 (Use cases)
2. |4 x−3| ≤ 6 (Use cases)
3. 2x + 3y = 8 and x – 2y = -3 (System of Equations)
B. Find domain and range then plot the curve.
4. 3x2 + 4y = 12
x+ 2
5. y =
x−1
III. Word Problems (35%):
1. A swimming pool is rectangular in shape. It is two times as long as it is wide. If its perimeter is 900 meters, what
are its length and width?
2. The smallest of three consecutive integers is added to twice the largest producing a result 15 less than four times
the middle integer. Find the smallest integer.
3. A cube of side 4 feet (V = s3) is transformed into a cylinder whose diameter is three-fourth of the cube’s side.
Determine the height of the cylinder if it has same volume. (V = π r2h).

MATH 100 ● Final Examinations ● 1st Sem. AY 2022-23
I. Write the letter in the blanks provided before the number as identified or described in the statement.
A). Isaac Newton B). Gaspard Monge C). Kellajur Nilakantha D). Rene Descartes E). Wang Yong F). Aryabatha
G). Qin Jiushao H). Jiu Zhang I). Francois Viete J). Musa al-Kwarizmi K). Antiphon L). Shen Kuo M). Bhramagupta
N). Emmy Noether O). Heron of Alexandria P). Diophantus Q). Zhou Bi Suan Jing
___1. Managed to turn the circumference of a circle t a perimeter of a square.

___ 2. Father of Indian Mathematics.
___ 3. Used the trigonometric functions to solve mathematical problems of chords and arcs.
___ 4. Introduced symbols called variables representing indeterminate or unknown numbers.
___ 5. Mother of Modern Algebra.
___ 6. First to recognize that the symbols inscribed on oracle bones were early form of Chinese writings.
___ 7. Mathematical classic of the Zhou Gnomon and circular paths of heaven.
___ 8. Author of a series of books called Arithmetika.
___ 9. Discussed infinite series expansions of trigonometric functions.
___ 10. Formulated a formula to find the area of each faces of the pyramid.
___ 11. Father of differential geometry.
___ 12. First to introduce he zero symbol into Chinese mathematics.
___ 13. Father of Algebra.
___ 14. Demonstrated the rules for working with positive and negative numbers.
___ 15. Nine Chapters of the Mathematical Art.
II. Execute or answer as required in he problems.

1. In the tabled box provided, fill in the cells with numbers from 1 to 9 so that the
total in columns, rows and diagonals are equal to 15. (Lo Shu Magic Square)
2. The symbol of zero as an upright oval originated from India during the 5th
century. Trace the history of the symbol why it is now called “zero”.
3. The three critical developmental stages in Algebra are as follows: Rhetorical, Syncopated and symbolic algebra. Explain just
one of the three.
4. In your own critical opinion as Math Major, why do you think mathematicians are so obsessed with π and zero?
I. Explain in your own understanding briefly and concisely. Do not merely use definitions. Illustrate through examples if
necessary (15%).
1. What is a feasible region in graphing the explicit and implicit constraints of a linear programming problem?
3. When can we say that a certain business is a monopoly as based on the feasible region plotted with reference to the
constraints?
5. How will the probabilities and expected values help in the decision making of alternatives?
A. Transportation Problem. Use NWC and Stepping Stone Method combination.
The Victoria Mining Company has two manufacturing plants and three distributors. Plant 1 can produce 400 units per
period, and plant 2 can produce 500 units per period. The requirements of distributors 1, 2 and 3 are 225, 235 and 350
units, respectively. Shipping costs from plant 1 to distributors’ 1, 2 and 3 are P30, P23 and P25. The corresponding costs
from plant 2 are P26, P35 and P29. The objective is to find a plan of distribution that will yield the least cost.
B. Assignment Method. Use Victoriano’s method in crossing out zero-lines.
The ABC Company has three jobs to be done on three machines. Each job must be done on one and only one
machine. The cost of each job on each machine is given in the following table. Give the job assignment s which will
minimize cost. Machines
1 2 3
Jobs A 1400 1600 1800
B 1200 1300 1400
C 1400 1800 1500
C. Decision theory.
A student is given an option to take the final test or get a grade of 75. If he takes the test and passes, he will
be given a grade of at least 84, a minimum rating he needs for his scholarship. If he takes the test and fails, he will
definitely be given a final grade of 70. The probability of his failing the test is 30%. Help the student decide by
using the tree diagram. Solve the expected values and make a decision.
I. These are terms often used in the banking system. Describe as you understand them: (20%)
1. Annuity 6. Promissory Notes
2. Sinking Fund 7. Non-Interest Bearing
3. Amortization 8. Accounts
4. Interest 9. Loans
5. Bonds 10. Book Value
II. Draw the cash flow diagrams as prescribed. Indicate all necessary information. Do not solve. (20%)
1. A loan of P50,000.00 to date payable in 5 years with interest at 10% compounded semi-annually. What
is its future worth after 5 years if no payment has been made?
2. A sinking fund to start this year for 10 years at P1,000.00 deposit per period earning an interest of 7%
compounded quarterly. How much will be its accumulated amount after the last deposit? Treat as an
ordinary annuity.
3. How much will I borrow now at 6% interest if I had to pay P1000.00 monthly for 2 years starting next
month?
4. If I borrow P100,000.00 at 10% compounded semiannually but deferred first payment after 2 years
unto which payment becomes regular annuity for the next 3 years.
5. An increasing payment of excremental P100.00 per payment for 3 years at 8% compounded quarterly.
How much was loaned out?
III. Problems for solutions. (60%)

Mr. Crux availed of a loan in the amount of P100,000.00 payable in 5 years with an interest of 20%
compounded semi-annually. Answer the following options he has and for every possible transaction, draw its
respective cash flows:
1. How much will he pay annually starting the next year in equal amounts to consummate the loan in the
same term period and consummate the loan after the last payment?
2. If he deferred payment for 2 years and only start paying equal amounts at the beginning year of the
third year and this time every 6 months, how much will he be paying to still consummate payment for
5 years reckoned from the time he availed the loan?
3. If he opted for a diminishing payments until the end of 5 years with first payment after 6 months after
availing of loan, how much will be the first payment and what will be its gradient (incremental
decrease)?
GE 10 APRELIM EXAM – 2ND Sem AY 22-23
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
___ 1. Area of human interest which causes the birth of statistics. A. Religion B. Games C. Poverty D. Habitat
___ 2. Process of obtaining numerical measurements. A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Interpretation
___ 3. Organization of data into tables, graphs or charts. A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Interpretation
___ 4. Extracting process from the given data of relevant information from which numerical descriptions can be formulated.
A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Interpretation
___ 5. Drawing conclusions from the analyzed data. A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Interpretation
___ 7. Statistics concerned with making decisions about a large body of data using a sample.
___ 8. Refers to a totality of objects, individuals, or reactions that can be described as having unique qualities.
A). Sample B). Cluster C). Universe D). Population
___ 9. A finite number of objects selected from the population. A). Sample B). Cluster C). Universe D). Population
___ 10 . Random sampling wherein each element has an equal chance of being included.
A. Biased B. Unbiased C. Selective D. Universal
___ 11. Sampling method using lottery to choose each member. A). Simple B). Systematic C). Stratified D). Multi stage
___ 12. Sampling method done by dividing the population into categories. A). Simple B). Systematic C). Stratified D). Cluster
___ 13. Sampling method adopting a system of odd and even scheme in selecting each member.
A). Simple B). Systematic C). Stratified D). Cluster
___ 14. Sampling method by grouping together a geographical area to represent a population spread out a large area.
A). Multi Stage B). Systematic C). Stratified D). Cluster
___ 15. Sampling method combining all methods accordingly to various phases encountered.
___ 16. Nonprobability or biased or Nonrandom sampling is also called.
A. Universal B. Unbiased C. Selective D. Judgmental
___ 17. Sampling method done simply by taking the persons or subjects that are needed from those at hand.
A. Quota B. Accidental C. Purposive D. Systematic
___ 18. Sampling method done by assigning proportions of areas to the enumerators.
___ 19. Sampling method done by simply picking out persons who represent inferences for the purpose of the study.
___ 20. Quantitative data is also called. A. Qualitative B. Numerical C. Classificatory D. Categorical
___ 21. Quantitative data expressed always in whole numbers. A). Continuous B). Decimal C). Discrete D). Fractional
___ 22. Quantitative data that may be expressed in decimals or fractions aside from whole numbers.
A). Continuous B). Decimal C). Discrete D). Fractional
___ 23. Quantity which does not vary. A). Variable B). Parameter C). Constant D). Factor
___ 24. An observable characteristic of a person or object capable of taking several values.
A). Variable B). Parameter C). Constant D). Factor
___ 25. Dependent variable is also called. A). Moderator B). Predictand C). Extraneous D). Independent
___ 26. Antecedent, cause, stimulus, or input that is introduced at the outset of investigation.
A). Moderator B). Dependent C). Extraneous D). Independent
___ 27. Secondary independent variable. A). Moderator B). Dependent C). Extraneous D). Independent
___ 28. Independent variable not included in the study but may affect the study.
A). Moderator B). Dependent C). Extraneous D). Independent
___ 29. Assignment of numbers to observations for statistical analysis. A). Variable B). Parameter C). Measurement D). Factor
___ 30. Numerals assigned to label objects or persons. A. Nominal B). Ratio C). Ordinal D). Interval
___ 31. Categorical or attribute data is also called. A). Nominal B). Ratio C). Ordinal D). Interval
___ 32. Data when numbers used to identify represents order, degree with arbitrary zero point value.
A). Nominal B). Ratio C). Ordinal D). Interval
___ 33. Data wherein numbers has an absolute or natural zero point value. A). Nominal B). Ratio C). Ordinal D). Interval
___ 34. A number or a letter representing several numbers placed at the lower right of a variable.
A. Subscript. B). Superscript C. Summation D. Expansion
___ 35. Data wherein the information are gathered directly from an original source.
___ 36. Data wherein the information are taken from published or unpublished sources gathered by others.
___ 37. Method of collecting data wherein there is a person to person exchange in interview.
A). Experiment B). Observation C). Questionnaire D). Direct
___ 38. Method of collecting data using written responses to prepared questions.
___ 39. Method of collecting data wherein the information are already provided by offices in compliance with laws.
A). Experiment B). Observation C). Questionnaire D). Registration.
___ 40. Method of collecting data regarding attitudes, behavior, values, without really directly interacting with subject.
___ 41. Method of collecting data by interviews but using new technologies of communications.
___ 42. Method of collecting data when the objective is to determine the cause and effect of certain phenomena.
___ 43. Data presented in paragraph form. A). Tabular B). Graphical C). Pictorial D). Textular
___ 44. Data are presented in rows and columns or in a table. A). Tabular B). Graphical C). Pictorial D). Textular
___ 45. Process of putting together similar items from the mass of data collected.
A). Tabulation B. Triangulation C. Classification D. Graphical presentation
___ 46. Process of condensing classified data and arranging them in a table.
A). Tabulation B. Triangulation C. Classification D. Graphical presentation
___ 47. Table used as repository of information usually placed in the appendix.
A. Reference Table. B. Summary Table C. Textual Table D. Banking Deposit
___ 48. Table designed to guide the reader in analyzing data accompanied with explanation.
A. Reference Table. B. Summary Table C. Textual Table D. Banking Deposit
___ 49. Presentation form employing both texts and tables. A). Tabular B). Cartogram C). Semi tabular D). Graphical
___ 50. Presentation form wherein data is presented in visual; form. A). Tabular B). Cartogram C). Map graph D).Graphical
___ 51. Kind of diagrams consisting of bars or heavy lines of equal widths, either vertical or horizontal.
A. Bar Graph. B. Line Graph C. Circle Graph D. Cartogram
___ 52. Kind of diagrams consisting of lines connecting points representing magnitudes between sets of quantities.
___ 53. Presentation used to represent quantities that make up a whole at 100%.
___ 54. Presentation using picture symbols to representing values. A. Pictograph B. Line Graph C. Circle Graph D. Cartogram
___ 55. Presentation using maps to present geographical data distinguished in parts with varied lines, colors, shades.
GE 10 BPRELIM EXAM – 2ND Sem AY 22-23
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
___ 1. Area of human interest which causes the birth of statistics. A. Religion B. Poverty C. Games D. Habitat
___ 2. Process of obtaining numerical measurements. A). Interpretation B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Collection
___ 3. Organization of data into tables, graphs or charts. A).Tabulation B). Collection C). Analysis D). Interpretation
___ 4. Extracting process from the given data of relevant information from which numerical descriptions can be formulated.
A). Collection B). Analysis C). Tabulation D). Interpretation
___ 5. Drawing conclusions from the analyzed data. A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Analysis D). Interpretation
A). Descriptive B). Consequential C). Inferential D). Experimental
___ 7. Statistics concerned with making decisions about a large body of data using a sample.
___ 8. Refers to a totality of objects, individuals, or reactions that can be described as having unique qualities.
A). Sample B). Population C). Universe D). Cluster
___ 9. A finite number of objects selected from the population. A). Cluster B). Sample C). Universe D). Population
___ 10 . Random sampling wherein each element has an equal chance of being included.
A. Unbiased B. Biased C. Selective D. Universal
___ 11. Sampling method using lottery to choose each member. A). Stratified B). Systematic C). Simple D). Multi stage
___ 12. Sampling method done by dividing the population into categories. A). Simple B). Stratified C). Systematic D). Cluster
___ 13. Sampling method adopting a system of odd and even scheme in selecting each member.
A). Simple B). Cluster C). Stratified D). Systematic
___ 14. Sampling method by grouping together a geographical area to represent a population spread out a large area.
A).Cluster B). Systematic C). Stratified D). Multi stage
___ 15. Sampling method combining all methods accordingly to various phases encountered.
___ 16. Nonprobability or biased or Nonrandom sampling is also called.
A. Universal B. Judgmental C. Selective D. Unbiased
___ 17. Sampling method done simply by taking the persons or subjects that are needed from those at hand.
A. Accidental B. Quota C. Purposive D. Systematic
___ 18. Sampling method done by assigning proportions of areas to the enumerators.
A. Purposive B. Accidental C. Quota D). Systematic
___ 19. Sampling method done by simply picking out persons who represent inferences for the purpose of the study.
A). Quota B. Accidental C. Systematic D. Purposive
___ 20. Quantitative data is also called. A). Qualitative B). Classificatory C). Numerical D. Categorical
___ 21. Quantitative data expressed always in whole numbers. A). Continuous B). Decimal C). Fractional D). Discrete
___ 22. Quantitative data that may be expressed in decimals or fractions aside from whole numbers.
A). Decimal B). Continuous C). Discrete D). Fractional
___ 23. Quantity which does not vary. A). Variable B). Constant C. Parameter D). Factor
___ 24. An observable characteristic of a person or object capable of taking several values.
A). Factor B). Parameter C). Constant D). Variable
___ 25. Dependent variable is also called. A). Predictand B). Moderator C). Extraneous D). Independent
___ 26. Antecedent, cause, stimulus, or input that is introduced at the outset of investigation.
A). Moderator B). Independent C). Extraneous D). Dependent
___ 27. Secondary independent variable. A). Dependent B). Moderator C). Extraneous D). Independent
___ 28. Independent variable not included in the study but may affect the study.
A). Moderator B). Dependent C). Independent D). Extraneous
___ 29. Assignment of numbers to observations for statistical analysis. A). Variable B). Parameter C). Factor D. Measurement
___ 30. Numerals assigned to label objects or persons. A. Ordinal B). Ratio C). Nominal D). Interval
___ 31. Categorical or attribute data is also called. A). Nominal B). Ordinal C). Ratio D). Interval
___ 32. Data when numbers used to identify represents order, degree with arbitrary zero point value.
A). Interval B). Ratio C). Ordinal D). Nominal
___ 33. Data wherein numbers has an absolute or natural zero point value. A). Ratio B). Nominal C). Ordinal D). Interval
___ 34. A number or a letter representing several numbers placed at the lower right of a variable.
A. Summation. B). Superscript C. Subscript D. Expansion
___ 35. Data wherein the information are gathered directly from an original source.
A). Tertiary B). Secondary C). Primary D). Quartiary
___ 36. Data wherein the information are taken from published or unpublished sources gathered by others.
A). Primary B). Quartiary C). Tertiary D). Secondary
___ 37. Method of collecting data wherein there is a person to person exchange in interview.
A). Direct B). Observation C). Questionnaire D). Experiment
___ 38. Method of collecting data using written responses to prepared questions.
___ 39. Method of collecting data wherein the information are already provided by offices in compliance with laws.
A). Experiment B). Registration C). Questionnaire D). Observation.
___ 40. Method of collecting data regarding attitudes, behavior, values, without really directly interacting with subject.
A). Experiment B). Questionnaire C). Observation D). Telephone Interview
___ 41. Method of collecting data by interviews but using new technologies of communications.
A). Experiment B). Observation C). Telephone Interview D).Questionnaire
___ 42. Method of collecting data when the objective is to determine the cause and effect of certain phenomena.
A). Telephone Interview B). Observation C). Experiment D). Questionnaire
___ 43. Data presented in paragraph form. A). Tabular B). Graphical C). Pictorial D). Textular
___ 44. Data are presented in rows and columns or in a table. A). Graphical B). Tabular C). Pictorial D). Textular
___ 45. Process of putting together similar items from the mass of data collected.
A). Classification B. Triangulation C. Tabulation D. Graphical presentation
___ 46. Process of condensing classified data and arranging them in a table.
A). Classification B. Triangulation C. Tabulation D. Graphical presentation
___ 47. Table used as repository of information usually placed in the appendix.
A. Summary Table B). Reference Table. C. Textual Table D. Banking Deposit
___ 48. Table designed to guide the reader in analyzing data accompanied with explanation.
A. Summary Table B). Reference Table. C. Textual Table D. Banking Deposit
___ 49. Presentation form employing both texts and tables. A). Tabular B). Cartogram C). Semi tabular D). Graphical
___ 50. Presentation form wherein data is presented in visual; form. A). Tabular B). Cartogram C). Map graph D).Graphical
___ 51. Kind of diagrams consisting of bars or heavy lines of equal widths, either vertical or horizontal.
A. Cartogram. B. Line Graph C. Circle Graph D. Bar graph
___ 52. Kind of diagrams consisting of lines connecting points representing magnitudes between sets of quantities.
A. Bar Graph. B. Circle Graph C. Line Graph D. Cartogram
___ 53. Presentation used to represent quantities that make up a whole at 100%.
A. Circle Graph. B. Line Graph C. Bar Graph D. Cartogram
___ 54. Presentation using picture symbols to representing values. A. Cartogram B. Line Graph C. Circle Graph D. Pictograph
___ 55. Presentation using maps to present geographical data distinguished in parts with varied lines, colors, shades.
A. Cartogram. B. Line Graph C. Circle Graph D. Bar Graph
MATH 107 ● First Prelim ● 2nd Semester AY 2022-2023
A. Determine the solution sets of the given inequalities:

1 3 2 1
1. x+ ¿ + x
2 4 3 4
2. (2x – 1)(3 – 2x) ≤ 0
B. Find the limit of the following:
2
x −1
3. lim 2
x →1 x +3 x−4
lim √
x +9−3
4.
x →0 x
C. Use 3-step Rule Method in differentiation:
5. y = 4x2 – 2x + 1
6. y = √ 3−2 x
D. Implicit differentiation:
E. Use the formulas of differentiation in solving the following:
−2 y
8. r=
e
ln y
A. Answer as required:
1. y = x3 (4x – 2)5
2. y = ln (5 – e4x)
3. r = (2 tan22t – 1)3/2
x
4. Solve for dy/dx in 3y2 + = 5x2 – 2
√y
−du
d
5. Derive the formula Arccot u = dx , u ¿ 0.
dx 2
1+ u
B. Evaluate the following integrals:
6. ∫ ( 4x +√ x )dx
1 5
4 4
y +3 y
7. ∫ 3
dx
4
y
8. ∫ ( 1−3 x ) 4 dx
9. ∫ 4 y 2 √4 6 y 3 −5 dy
sin x dx
10. ∫ cos 4 x
MATH 112 First Prelim ● 2nd Sem AY 2022-23
I. Differentiate the following related terms. Discuss briefly and concisely. Do not merely define. Illustrate with figures or
examples if necessary .
4. Homogenous and Non-homogenous system

A. Solve for the unknown values:
x + 2y - 3z = - 4
2x + y - 3z = 4
3x1 + 2x3 + 3x5 = - 2
2x1 + 3x2 – 4x4 =3
x3 + x4 + x5 = 5
[ ][ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A=
[ 1 2 3
2 1 4 ],B= 2 1
3 2
,C= 4 1 5
2 1 3
,D=
[ 3 −2
2 5 ] ,E= 0 1 4
3 2 1
a). (C + E)’ b). AC + AE c). BA - D2

MATH 133 First Prelim 2ND Sem AY 22-23

A. Variable Separables.
1. ydx + (x3y2 + x3)dy = 0
dy
2. x = y2 + 1
dx
B. Transformation of Variables.
dy
3. x = 2x + 3y
dx
4.
dy
dx
=
y+ x cos 2 ( xy )
x
dy
5.
dx
= √ 2 x +3 y , let v 2
= 2x + 3y
D. Determine whether the following differential equations are exact. If not, find μ and solve.
dy x
6. =
dx x+ y
dy 4 y
7. + =x
dx x
GE 10 MIDTERM EXAM – 2ND Sem AY 22-23
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
___ 1. . The most prevailing, fashionable item in a group of data. A). Mean B). Median C). Mode D). Midrange
___ 2. . The end marks or end values of each class interval. A). Class Size B). Class Limit C). Class Boundary D). Class Frequency
___ 3. . The mean of the smallest and largest values of the data. A). Mean B). Median C). Midrange D). Range
___ 4.. Refers to the class midpoint or midmark. A). Class Limit B). Class Boundary C). Class Size D). Class Mark
___ 7. The mean wherein some values are given importance. A). Weighted Arithmetic Mean B). Simple Mean C). Trimodial D). Bimodial
___ 9. Frequency distribution in a line chart presentation. A). Bar Graph B). Circle Graph C). Pie Chart D). Line Graph
___10. Point measure dividing the distribution into 100 parts. A). Percentile B). Decile C). Quartile D). Quantile
___11. Refers to the cumulative frequency distribution. A). Relative Frequency B). Histogram C). Ogive D). Frequency Polygon
___12. Data already presented in table form. A). Ungrouped Data B). Plural Statistic. C). Grouped Data D). Statistic
___13. Point measure dividing the distribution into four parts. A). Decile B). Quartile C). Quantile D). Percentile
___14. What is its range? A). 21 B). 22.5 C). 23 D). 23.5
___15. What is its midrange? A). 22.5 B). 23.5 C). 23.36 D). 24
___16. What is its mean? A). 24 B). 23.36 C). 23.5 D). 22.5
___17. What is its median? A). 23.36 B). 23.5 C). 23 D). 24
___18. What is its mode? A). 21,22,26 B). 21, 23, 26 C). 22, 23, 26 D). 21, 22, 23
Class Frequency X F
30.5 – 35.5 3 33 20
25.5 – 30.5 5 28 17
20.5 - 25.5 7 23 12
15.5 – 20.5 4 18 5
10.5 – 15.5 1 13 1
___ 29. What is its mean? A). 23.5 B). 24.25 c). 24.07 D). 24.10
___ 25. In the formula for mode, Mo = Lmo +

∆1
(
∆ 1+ ∆2
c, L
) mo is A). 10.5 B). 15.5 C ). 20.5 D ). 25.5

1 B). 2 C ). 3 D). 6
2 B). 3 C ). 2 D). 4
___ 28. What is its mode using the formula in number 25? A). 23 B). 23.5 C). 24.07 D). 24.16
___ 29. In the third quartile, Q3 = L3 +

( kN −F
f )
c ,L 3 is A). 20.5 B). 25.5 C ). 30.5 D). 10.5
___ 30. In the third quartile formula, k is A). 3/4 B). 4/4 C). 2/4 D). 1/4
___ 31. In the third quartile formula, N is A). 10 B). 20 C ). 5 D). 15
___ 32. In the third quartile formula, F is A). 1 B). 5 C). 12 D). 17
___ 33. In the third quartile formula, f is A). 1 B). 4 C). 7 D). 5
___ 34. In the third quartile formula, c is A). 5 B). 4 C). 6 D). 7
___ 36. In the second decile formula, D2 = L2 +

( kN f−F ) c , L2 is A). 10.5 B). 20.5 C). 15.5 D). 25.5
___ 37. In the second decile formula, k is A). 3/10 B). 22/10 C). 20/10 D). 2/10
___ 38. In the second decile formula, N is A). 20 B). 10 C). 15 D). 5
___ 39. In the second decile formula, F is A). 1 B). 5 C). 12 D). 17
___ 40. In the second decile formula, f is A). 1 B). 4 C). 7 D). 5
___ 41. In the second decile formula, c is A). 4 B). 5 C). 6 D). 7
___ 43. What is the quartile equivalent of the 25th percentile? A). Q2 B). Q4 C). Q1 D). Q3
___ 44. In the 25th percentile formula, P25 = L25 +

( kN f−F ) c , L25 is A). 30.5 B). 25.5 C). 20.5 D). 15.5
___ 45. In the 25th percentile formula, k is A). 25/10 B). 250/100 C). 2/5 D). 25/100
___ 46. In the 25th percentile formula, N is A). 5 B). 10 C). 20 D). 15
___ 47. In the 25th percentile formula, F is A). 5 B). 1 C). 12 D). 17
___ 48. In the 25th percentile formula, f is A). 4 B). 7 C). 5 D). 3
___ 49. In the 25th percentile formula, c is A). 5 B). 7 C). 4 D). 6
___ 50. . What is its twenty fifth percentile or P25? A). 18.5 B). 19.25 C). 20.5 D). 28.5
MATH 107 ● MIDTERM EXAMS ● 2nd Semester AY 2022-2023
F. Determine the solution sets of the given inequalities:

1 3 2 1
1. x+ ¿ + x
2 4 3 4
2. (2x – 1)(3 – 2x) ≤ 0
G. Find the limit of the following:
2
x −1
3. lim 2
x →1 x +3 x−4
4. lim √ x +9−3
x →0 x
H. Use 3-step Rule Method in differentiation:
5. y = 4x2 – 2x + 1
6. y = √ 3−2 x
I. Implicit differentiation:
J. Use the formulas of differentiation in solving the following:
−2 y
8. r=
e
ln y
C. Answer as required:
1. y = x3 (4x – 2)5
2. y = ln (5 – e4x)
3. r = (2 tan22t – 1)3/2
x
4. Solve for dy/dx in 3y2 + = 5x2 – 2
√y
−du
d
5. Derive the formula Arccot u = dx , u ¿ 0.
dx 2
1+ u
D. Evaluate the following integrals:
6. ∫ ( 4x +√ x )dx
1 5
4 4
y +3 y
7. ∫ 3
dx
4
y
8. ∫ ( 1−3 x ) 4 dx
9. ∫ 4 y 2 √4 6 y 3 −5 dy
sin x dx
10. ∫ cos 4 x
MATH 112 First Prelim ● 2nd Sem AY 2022-23
I. Differentiate the following related terms. Discuss briefly and concisely. Do not merely define. Illustrate with figures or
examples if necessary .
7. Homogenous and Non-homogenous system

A. Solve for the unknown values:
x + 2y - 3z = - 4
2x + y - 3z = 4
3x1 + 2x3 + 3x5 = - 2
2x1 + 3x2 – 4x4 =3
x3 + x4 + x5 = 5
[ ][ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A=
[ 1 2 3
2 1 4 ],B= 2 1
3 2
,C= 4 1 5
2 1 3
,D=
[ 3 −2
2 5 ] ,E= 0 1 4
3 2 1
a). (C + E)’ b). AC + AE c). BA - D2
MATH 133 First Prelim 2ND Sem AY 22-23

D. Variable Separables.
1. ydx + (x3y2 + x3)dy = 0
dy
2. x = y2 + 1
dx
E. Transformation of Variables.
dy
3. x = 2x + 3y
dx
4.
dy
dx
=
y+ x cos 2 ( xy )
x
F. Special Transformation.
dy
5.
dx
= √ 2 x +3 y , let v 2
= 2x + 3y
D. Determine whether the following differential equations are exact. If not, find μ and solve.
dy x
6. =
dx x+ y
dy 4 y
7. + =x
dx x

III. Solve as required of the problem (60%):
4. The set of all ordered triples of real numbers with the operations (x,y,z) + (x’,y’, z’) = (x+x’, y+y’,
z+z’) and r ʘ (x,y,z) = (x,1,z). List the properties that fail to hold. Show your solutions.
5. Determine which of the following are subspaces:
[]
a
a). b
1
b). [ ad b c
0 0 ] where b = a + c
A. Show whether the vectors prescribed are linear combinations of the given vector sets.
[ ] [ ] [] [ ]
−1 4 2 −2
1. R3: α = 2 of α 1 = 2 , α 2 = 1 , and α 3 = −1
3 −3 2 0
2. R4: α = [ 3 6 −2 5 ] of α 1 = [ 1 2 1 0 ], α 2 = [ 4 1 −2 3 ],
α 3 = [ 1 2 6 −5 ] and α 4 = [ −2 3 −1 2 ]
3. P2: P(t) = 2t2 + 2t + 3 of P1(t) = t2+ 2t + 1, P2(t) = t2+ 3 and P3(t) = t – 1

GE 10 FINAL EXAMS – 2ND Sem AY 22-23 A
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
___ 1. Other term referring to the measure of variation is measure of A). Collection B). Tabulation C). Dispersion D). Homogeniety
___ 2. The mean of the deviations of each measures from the center is called
A). Average Variation B). Quartile Deviation C). Standard Deviation D). Coefficient of Variation
___ 3. Measure indicating spread or scatteredness is called A). Consequential B). Variation C). Collection D). Tabulation.
___ 4. Square root of the variance is called A). Average Variation B). Quartile Deviation C). Standard Deviation D). Range
___ 5. Difference of the highest and lowest value of the data sets is called
A). Average Variation B). Quartile Deviation C). Standard Deviation D). Range
___6. One-half of the distance between the 75th and 25th percentile is A). Ave. Var’n B). Quartile Dev’n C). Standard Dev’n D). Range
___ 7. When two sets of variables follows a trend line going up is called
A). Ordered correlation B). Negative correlation C). Positive Correlation D). Trending Correlation
___ 8. When two sets of variables follows a trend line going down is called
A). Ordered correlation B). Negative correlation C). Positive Correlation D). Trending Correlation
___ 9. Describes the degree of relationship between two sets of variables A). Consequential B). Variation C). Correlation D). Tabulation.
___10. Used to compare the variability of two groups with different test units is called
A). Average Variation B). Quartile Deviation C). Standard Deviation D). Coefficient of Variation
For numbers 11 to 18, given the following scores of GE 10 students to wit: 80, 81, 76, 80, 90, 88, 83, 83, 78, 82
___11. The lowest score is A. 74 B. 78 C. 76 D. 80
___ 12. The highest score is A. 76 B. 90 C. 2 D. 88
___ 13. The number of items is A. 10 B. 20 C. 12 D. 21
___ 14. The range is A. 10 B. 12 C. 13 D. 14
___ 15. The average mean is A. 83.2 B. 84.0 C. 82.1 D. 80.4
∑|X −Ave . X|
___ 16. The Average Deviation, AV = , is A. 3.12 B. 4.12 C. 5.21 D. 4.21
N
√
2 ( ∑ x )2
___ 17. The Standard Variation, SD = ∑x −
N is A. 3.04 B. 3.12 C. 4.12 D. 4.04
N
SD
___ 18. The Coefficient of Variation, CV = x 100% is A. 4.12 B. 4.92 C. 5.21 D. 3.04
Ave . X
For numbers 19 to 30, use the given frequency distribution below:
___ 19. The average mean is A. 20.75 B. 22.75 C. 24.25 D. 23.25
Class f ___ 20. The number of scores is A. 10 B. 15 C. 20 D. 25
30.5 – 35.5 2
25.5 – 30.5 5
∑ f |X − Ave . X|
___ 21. The Mean Absolute Deviation, MAD = , is A. 4.83B. 4.92 C. 5.03 D. 6.17
20.5 – 25.5 6 N
√
15.5 – 20.5 4
10.5 – 15.5 3 2 ( ∑ fx )2
___ 22. The Standard Deviation, SD = ∑ fx − is A. 4.83 B. 4.92 C. 5.03 D. 6.17
N
N −1
In the 75th percentile , Q75 = L +

( kN f−F ) c
___ 23. K is A. 10/100 B. 25/100 C. 50/100 D. 75/100

___ 24. L is A. 15.5 B. 20.52 C. 25.5 D. 30.5
___ 25. F is A. 3 B. 7 C. 13 D. 18
___ 26. f is A. 3 B. 4 C. 6 D. 5
___ 27. C is A. 3 B. 4 C. 6 D. 5
___ 28. N is A. 10 B. 20 C. 12 D. 21
___ 29. Q75 is A. 27.5 B. 20.75 C. 22.75 D. 23.75
In the 25th percentile , Q25 = L +

( kN f−F ) c
___ 23. K is A. 10/100 B. 25/100 C. 50/100 D. 75/100

___ 24. L is A. 15.5 B. 20.52 C. 25.5 D. 30.5
___ 25. F is A. 3 B. 7 C. 13 D. 18
___ 26. f is A. 3 B. 4 C. 6 D. 5
___ 27. C is A. 3 B. 4 C. 6 D. 5
___ 28. N is A. 10 B. 20 C. 12 D. 21
___ 29. Q25 is A. 16.5 B. 18.0 C. 20.5 D. 22.0
Q75−Q25
___ 30. Quartile Deviation, QD = is A. 4.5 B. 4.75 C. 5.00 D. 5.25
2
X 3 5 6 6 8 2 2 5
For numbers 31 to 40, given the following set of paired scores to wit: y 4 6 7 2 3 4 5 7
___ 31. The number of pairs is A. 6 B. 7 C. 8 D. 9
N ∑ XY −( ∑ X ) ( ∑ Y )
___ 32. The rxy = is A. 0.10 B.0.13 C. 0.31 D. 0.41
√ [ N ∑ x − (∑ x ) [ N ∑ Y −( ∑ Y ) ] ]
2
2
2 2 2
6∑D
___ 33. The rs = 1 - 3
is A. 0.10 B.0.13 C. 0.31 D. 0.41
N −N
___ 34. The relationship of pairs for rxy is A. negligible . B. low or slight C. marked or moderate D. high
___ 35. The relationship of pairs for rs is A. negligible . B. low or slight C. marked or moderate D. high
MATH 133 ● Final Exams ● 2nd Sem. AY 2022-2023

A. Complete the entries in the table. Verify that the general solution in the fourth column satisfy the differential equations
in the first column.
Differential Equation Complementary Solution Particular Solution General Solution
y” =- 3y’ + 2y = x yc = c1ex + c2e2x x 3
yp = +
2 4
(D2 – 1)y = e-x x x -x
yp = - e-x y = c1ex + c2e-x - e
2 2
(D3 + D)y = sin 2x 1
y = A sin x + B cos x + C + cos 2x
6
y = c1e3x + c2e2x + ex
2 2
(x D + xD – 4)y = x 3
B x
3
yc = Ax2 + 2 yp =
x 5
B. Write each of the following in “operator notations”.
2
d y dy
1. +3 + 2y = x3 2. 3y(IV) – 5y”’ + y = e-x + sin x 3. x2y” – 2xy’ = y + 1
dx
2
dx
C. Write directly the general solution of the complementary equations having the following roots.
1. 2 ± 3i, -1 ± 2i, 5, -1 2. -1, 1, 0, -2, -1, 1, -1 ± 2i 3. 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, ± i, ± i
D. Find the complementary solution, yc, of the following:

1. (D3 + 5D2 – 5D – 6)y = 0 2. 16y” – 8y’ + y = 0 3. 4y” – 8y’ + 7y = 0
E. Find the particular solution, yp, of the following:

1. (D2 + 2D + 1)y = 4 cos x + 3x2 2. (D3 + 4D)y = ex + sinx 3. (D2 – 4)y = 6x2 + 3e2x
MATH 112 FINAL EXAMS 2ND SEM AY 22-23
A. Explain the following terms or phrases as it is used. Use illustrations or diagrams or graphs if necessary.
1. Vector Addition 6. Scalar multiplication
2. Zero Vector 7. Closed under the operation
3. Vector Spaces 8. Subspaces
4. Linear Combination 9. Vector Spanning
5. Linear Dependence 10. Basis
B. Solve as required and As prescribed.

1. The given set is not a vector space. “The set of all positive real numbers with the operations of + as
ordinary addition and ʘ as ordinary multiplication”. Show why with properties (3), (4) and b. You may
use counterexample as possible proof.
2. Let W be the set of all 2x3 matrices in 2R3 of the form

[ a0 bc 0d ] , where a, b, c, and d are real numbers.
Show whether W is a subspace of 2R3.
3. Determine whether the following vectors in 2R2 , A1 =

[ 10 −13 ] [ 10 12]
, A2 = and A3 =
[−12 21] are linear
combinations of
[ 33 −23 ] .
4. Show whether the set { t3 + t2 + 1, t3 – 1, t3 + t2 + t} is a basis of P3.

A. Trigonometric Substitution
∫ √ 9−x
2
dx
1. dx 2. ∫ √ x 5 +5 dx 3. ∫
x2 x 3
√ x 2−9
B. Integration of Rational Functions
( x−1 ) dx ( x 3−1 ) dx
4. ∫ x 3−x 2−2 x 5. ∫ 3
x ¿¿
¿
C. Definite Integrals.
2 1
6. ∫ x 2 √ x 3−2dx 7. ∫ x √5−x dx
−1 0
D. Plane Areas
8. Find the area bounded by the parabola x = - y2 and x = -9 using the (a). vertical element and (b). the
horizontal elements. Draw separate graphs for each computation, and label all necessary parts.
GE 3 PRELIM EXAMS – 1ST Sem AY 23-24 A

Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
___ 1. Terms having the same literal coefficient A). Similar Terms B). Literal terms C). Dissimilar Terms D). Coefficient Terms
___ 2. In addition, 4 + 3 =7, 4 and 3 are called _____. A). Sum B). Factors C). Numerics D). Addends
___ 3. In subtraction, 5 -2 = 3, 5 is called _____. A). Subtrahend B). Minuend C). Difference D). Primary number
___ 4. In multiplication, 3(6) = 18, 18 is called _____ A). Factors B). Multiplicand C). Multiplier D). Product
___ 5. In division, 20 ÷ 4 = 5, 4 is called _____. A). Divisor B). Dividend C). Quotient D). Factor
___ 6. The product of two similar binomials is called _____. A). Cubic Trinomial B). Quartic Trinomial C). Quadratic Trinomial D). Quintic
___ 7. An expression having only one term is called _____. A). Monomial B. Binomial C). Trinomial D). Polynomial
___ 8. An expression having only two terms is called _____. A). Binomial B. Monomial C). Trinomial D). Polynomial
___ 9. The process of converting an expression from addition or subtraction into multiplication.
A). Expansion B). Conversion C). Factoring D). Dividing
___10. Terms having the different literal coefficient A). Similar Terms B). Literal Terms C). Dissimilar Terms D). Coefficient Terms
___11. In addition, 4 + 3 =7, 7 is called _____. A).Total B). Factors C). Numerics D). Addends
___ 12. In subtraction, 5 -2 = 3, 3 is called _____. A). Subtrahend B). Minuend C). Difference D). Primary Numbers
___ 13. In division, 20 ÷ 4 = 5, 20 is called _____. A). Divisor B). Dividend C). Quotient D). Factor
___ 14. In subtraction, 5 -2 = 3, 2 is called _____. A). Minuend B). Subtrahend C). Difference D). Primary Numbers
___ 15. In multiplication, 3(6) = 18, 3 and 6 are called _____ A). Product B). Multiplicand C). Multiplier D). Factors
___ 16. In division, 20 ÷ 4 = 5, 5 is called _____. A). Divisor B). Quotient C). Dividend D). Factors
___ 17. An expression having only three terms is called _____. A). Monomial B). Trinomial C). Binomial D). Polynomial
___ 18. The square of a binomial. A). Square Binomial B). Square Trinomial C). Perfect Square Binomial D). Perfect Square Trinomial
___ 19. An ordered set of items is called _____. A). Array B). Sequence C). Domain D). Range
___ 20. y-values in a function are called _____. A). Array B). Sequence C). Domain D). Range
___ 21. Individual entries of the sequence are called _____. A). Domain B). Expression C). Terms D). Range
___ 22. A collection of numbers in a fixed order. A). Domain B). Mathematical sequence C). Mathematical Expressions D). Array
___ 23. A function whose domain is the set of natural numbers. A). Domain B). Expression Function C). Sequence Function D). Array
___ 24. x-values in a function are called _____. A). Array B). Sequence C). Range D). Domain
For numbers 25 to 33, determine the solution of the given equations. Simplify if necessary.
___ 25. 6(-1) – (2)2 = ___ A). -10 B). -2 C). 2 D). 10
___ 26. 12 ÷ 3 + 2(-1)2 = ___ A). 2 B). 12 C). 6 D). 4
___ 27. 10 – (10 ÷ 2) + (-5)(2) = ___ A). - 10 B). -5 C). 5 D). 10
2 1 2 2 5 1
___ 28. + - = ___ A). 1 B). C). - D).
5 5 5 5 15 5
2 1 2 1 4 3 5
___ 29. + - + ___ A). B). C). D).
7 2 3 42 42 42 42
___ 30. 5(8a – 2b) – 7b = ___ A). 40a – 17b B). 40a + 17b C). 10b – 40a D). 40a – 10b
___ 31. 15x2 – 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x) = ___ A). 7x + x2B). – 6x2 + 12 C). 7x – x2 D). – 7x – x2
___ 32. 3a(-b) + 4(-a)(b) + 7 – (-ab) = ___ A). 6ab – 7 B). 7ab – 6 C). -6ab + 7 D). 7ab + 6
___ 33. 2(x + y – z) – 4(2x + y – z) = ___ A). 6x – 2y + 2z B). 6x + 2y + 2z C). 6x – 2y – 2z D). -6x – 2y + 2z
For numbers 34 to 38, complete the blanks to complete the sequence.

___ 34. 3, 6, 9, 12, ___, ___, ___ A). 18, 21, 24 B). 12, 15, 18 C). 21, 18, 15 D). 15, 18, 21
___ 35. 1, 4, 7, 10, ___. ___, ___ A). 17, 27, 44 B). 5, 11, 17 C). 13, 16, 18 D). 14, 18, 22
1 2 4 1 2 4 5 7 1 2 4 7 10
___ 36. , ,1 , , ___, ___, ___ A). , , B). ,2 , C). , , D). 2, ,
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 3 3
___ 37. 2, 6, 18, 54, ___, ___, ___ A). 162, 486, 1458 B). 12, 24, 72 C). 108, 216, 432 D). 57, 60, 63
___ 38. 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, ___, ___, ___ A). 8, 11, 14 B). 8, 13, 21 C). 8, 13, 18 D). 8, 12, 16
For numbers 34 to 38, determine the next three terms of the first two terms of the given mathematical sequence.
___ 39. In an = 2n + 3, then 5, 7, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 12, 15 B). 9, 11, 13 C). 9, 13, 17 D). 9, 14, 19
___ 40. In an = n2 - 1, then 0, 3, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 16, 25 B). 8, 15, 24 C). 9, 11, 13 D). 9, 13, 17
GE 3 PRELIM EXAMS – 1ST Sem AY 23-24 B

Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
___ 1. Terms having the same literal coefficient A). Literal Terms B). Similar terms C). Dissimilar Terms D). Coefficient Terms
___ 2. In addition, 4 + 3 =7, 4 and 3 are called _____. A). Addends B). Factors C). Numerics D). Sum
___ 3. In subtraction, 5 -2 = 3, 5 is called _____. A). Subtrahend B). Difference C). Minuend D). Primary number
___ 4. In multiplication, 3(6) = 18, 18 is called _____ A). Product B). Multiplicand C). Multiplier D). Factors
___ 5. In division, 20 ÷ 4 = 5, 4 is called _____. A). Dividend B). Divisor C). Quotient D). Factor
___ 6. The product of two similar binomials is called _____. A). Cubic Trinomial B). Quartic Trinomial C). Quintic D). Quadratic Trinomial
___ 7. An expression having only one term is called _____. A). Binomial B). Monomial C). Trinomial D). Polynomial
___ 8. An expression having only two terms is called _____. A). Monomial B). Binomial C). Trinomial D). Polynomial
___ 9. The process of converting an expression from addition or subtraction into multiplication.
A). Expansion B). Conversion C). Dividing D). Factoring
___10. Terms having the different literal coefficient A). Similar Terms B). Literal Terms C). Coefficient Terms D). Dissimilar Terms
___11. In addition, 4 + 3 =7, 7 is called _____. A).Factors B). Total C). Numerics D). Addends
___ 12. In subtraction, 5 -2 = 3, 3 is called _____. A). Subtrahend B). Minuend C). Primary Numbers D). Difference
___ 13. In division, 20 ÷ 4 = 5, 20 is called _____. A). Divisor B). Quotient C). Dividend D). Factor
___ 14. In subtraction, 5 -2 = 3, 2 is called _____. A). Minuend B). Difference C). Subtrahend D). Primary Numbers
___ 15. In multiplication, 3(6) = 18, 3 and 6 are called _____ A). Product B). Multiplicand C). Factors D). Multiplier
___ 16. In division, 20 ÷ 4 = 5, 5 is called _____. A). Divisor B). Dividend C). Quotient D). Factors
___ 17. An expression having only three terms is called _____. A). Monomial B). Binomial C). Trinomial D). Polynomial
___ 18. The square of a binomial. A). Perfect Square Trinomial B). Square Trinomial C). Perfect Square Binomial D). Square Binomial
___ 19. An ordered set of items is called _____. A). Array B). Domain C). Sequence D). Range
___ 20. y-values in a function are called _____. A). Array B). Sequence C). Domain D). Range
___ 21. Individual entries of the sequence are called _____. A). Domain B). Expression C). Range D). Terms
___ 22. A collection of numbers in a fixed order. A). Domain B). Mathematical Expressions C). Mathematical sequence D). Array
___ 23. A function whose domain is the set of natural numbers. A). Domain B). Expression Function C). Array D). Sequence Function
___ 24. x-values in a function are called _____. A). Domain B). Sequence C). Range D). Array
For numbers 25 to 33, determine the solution of the given equations. Simplify if necessary.
___ 25. 6(-1) – (2)2 = ___ A). -2 B). -10 C). 2 D). 10
___ 26. 12 ÷ 3 + 2(-1)2 = ___ A). 2 B). 12 C). 4 D). 6
___ 27. 10 – (10 ÷ 2) + (-5)(2) = ___ A). - 10 B). 5 C). - 5 D). 10
2 1 2 1 2 5
___ 28. + - = ___ A). B). C). - D). 1
5 5 5 5 5 15
2 1 2 1 5 3 1
___ 29. + - + ___ A). B). C). D).
7 2 3 42 42 42 42
___ 30. 5(8a – 2b) – 7b = ___ A). 40a + 17b B). 40a - 17b C). 10b – 40a D). 40a – 10b
___ 31. 15x2 – 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x) = ___ A). 7x + x2B). – 6x2 + 12 C). -7x – x2 D). 7x – x2
___ 32. 3a(-b) + 4(-a)(b) + 7 – (-ab) = ___ A). -6ab + 7 B). 7ab – 6 C). 7ab + 6 D). 6ab - 7
___ 33. 2(x + y – z) – 4(2x + y – z) = ___ A). -6x – 2y + 2z B). 6x + 2y + 2z C). 6x – 2y – 2z D). 6x – 2y + 2z

___ 34. 3, 6, 9, 12, ___, ___, ___ A). 15, 18, 21 B). 12, 15, 18 C). 21, 18, 15 D). 18, 21, 24
___ 35. 1, 4, 7, 10, ___. ___, ___ A). 17, 27, 44 B). 5, 11, 17 C). 14, 18, 22 D). 13, 16, 18
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 5 7 7 10
___ 36. , ,1 , , ___, ___, ___ A). , , B). , , C). ,2 , D). 2, ,
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 3 3 3 3
___ 37. 2, 6, 18, 54, ___, ___, ___ A). 12, 24, 72 B). 162, 486, 1458 C). 108, 216, 432 D). 57, 60, 63
___ 38. 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, ___, ___, ___ A). 8, 11, 14 B). 8, 13, 18 C). 8, 13, 21 D). 8, 12, 16
___ 39. In an = 2n + 3, then 5, 7, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 12, 15 B). 9, 13, 17 C). 9, 11, 13 D). 9, 14, 19
___ 40. In an = n2 - 1, then 0, 3, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 16, 25 B). 9, 11, 13 C). 8, 15, 24 D). 9, 13, 17

I. Solve as required and prescribed in the problems.

A. Classify each statement as True or false
1. Two points, A and B, may be noncollinear.
2. Three points are always collinear.
3. If two line intersect, they intersect in one and only one point.
4. If points A and B are both in plane π, then the intersection of line AB and π is a single point.
5. Two intersecting lines are always coplanar.
6. The intersection of two planes, π and π’, is a point, P.
7. Point X is not on line AB, so line AB and X are noncoplanar.
8. A segment has a unique bisector.
9. Two points are sometimes collinear.
11. If PQ ⊥ PR, then LQPR is a right angle.

10. Three noncollinear points are always coplanar.
12. If AB ⊥ CD, then LABC is a right angle.

13. If two lines intersect to form a right angle, then the lines are perpendicular.
14. If two angles are a linear pair then each is a right angle.
15. If two adjacent angles are congruent, then each is a right angle.
16. Every parallelogram ia a quadrilateral.
17. Some parallelogram are not squares.
18. Every square is a trapezoid.
19. Every trapezoid is a convex polygon.
20. Some quadrilaterals are neither trapezoid nor parallelograms.
21. Some rectangles have no congruent angles.
22. Some parallelograms are not plane figure.
23. No trapezoids are rectangles.
24. There exists a figure which is a square and a parallelogram but is not a rectangle.
25. Some rectangles are rhombuses.
B. Write each statement in “If…then” form. Translate statements in mathematical terms (ie. point as A, equal as =,
congruent as ≅ , etc.) if necessary.
1. Students that fail the exam will not graduate.
2. The square of an even number is even.
3. Segments whose lengths are unequal are not congruent.
4. The sum of the measures of the angles of a triangle is 180o.
5. Vertical angles are congruent.
C. Solve for the respective angles described by the equations in the angles.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
X+22 7x + 53 5x – 20 X+3y
4x x X – 4y
2x 3x + 85 4x + 15 Y + 110
II. PROVING. Use only until the prescribed applicable limit of reasons and/or proofs as provided.
1. (Until Definition of between) ● ● ● ●

Given: Points A, B, C, and D as shown; AB ¿ CD A B C D
Prove: AC ¿ BD
2. (Until Theorem 2-13) 2 3
Given: L1 is a supplement of L2 1
Prove: L1 ≅ L3 m
t r
3. (Until Theorem 3-7) S t

Given: l // m; L2 ≅ L5 l 1
2
Prove: s // t m 3 5
4
4. (Until Theorem 4-5)
Given: RV ≅ SU; LTRV ≅ LTSU
T
Prove: ∆ RTV ≅ ∆ STU U V
R S
GENERAL PHYSICS FINAL EXAMS 2ND SEM AY 22-23
SOLVE AS REQUIRED AND AS PRESCRIBED:
A. Vectors.
1. Two forces, one of 10 lbs and the other of 67 lbs act on a body. The directions of the forces are not known.
a). What is the minimum magnit6ude of the resultant of these forces?
b). What is the maximum magnitude?
2. An airplane flies 400 mi west from city A to city B, then 300 mi northeast to city C, and finally 100 mi north to city D.
a). How far is it from city A TO CITY d?
b). In what direction must the airplane head to return directly to city A from city D?
B. Motion in a Straight Line.

3. A ship steams at a constant velocity of 15 mi/hr.
a). How far does it travel in a day?
b). How long does it take to travel 500 miles?
4. An object starts from rest with an acceleration of 10 m/s2.
a). How far does it go in 0.5 second?
b). What is its velocity after 0.5 second?
C. Motion in a Vertical Plane.

5. A body in free fall reaches the ground in 5 seconds.
a). From what height in meters was it dropped?
b). What is its final velocity?
6. A golf ball leaves the club at 120 ft/sec at an angle of 55o above the horizontal.
a). What is its range?
b). What is its time of flight?
GE 3 MIDTERM EXAMS – 1ST Sem AY 23-24
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
___ 1. 3, 6, 9, 12, ___, ___, ___ A). 15, 18, 21 B). 12, 15, 18 C). 21, 18, 15 D). 18, 21, 24
___ 2. 1, 4, 7, 10, ___. ___, ___ A). 17, 27, 44 B). 5, 11, 17 C). 14, 18, 22 D). 13, 16, 18
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 5 7 7 10
___ 3. , ,1 , , ___, ___, ___ A). , , B). , , C). ,2 , D). 2, ,
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 3 3 3 3
___ 4. 2, 6, 18, 54, ___, ___, ___ A). 12, 24, 72 B). 162, 486, 1458 C). 108, 216, 432 D). 57, 60, 63
___ 5. 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, ___, ___, ___ A). 8, 11, 14 B). 8, 13, 18 C). 8, 13, 21 D). 8, 12, 16
For numbers 6 and 7, determine the next three terms of the first two terms of the given mathematical sequence.
___ 6. In an = 2n + 3, then 5, 7, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 12, 15 B). 9, 13, 17 C). 9, 11, 13 D). 9, 14, 19
___ 7. In an = n2 - 1, then 0, 3, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 16, 25 B). 9, 11, 13 C). 8, 15, 24 D). 9, 13, 17
For numbers 8 to 26, answer as required.

___ 8. In the formula an = a1 + (n-1)d, a1 is called A). First term B). Nth term C). Common Difference D). Number of Terms
___ 9. In the formula an = a1 + (n-1)d, an is called A). First term B). Number of Terms C). Nth term D). Common Difference
___ 10. In the formula an = a1 + (n-1)d, n is called A). Nth term B). Number of terms C). First term D). Common Difference
___ 11. In the formula an = a1 + (n-1)d, d is called A). Number of terms B). First term C). Nth term D). Common Difference
___ 12. In the arithmetic series 2+4+6+8+10+12+14, a1 is A). 2 B). 14 C). 10 D). 8
___ 15. In the arithmetic series 2+4+6+8+10+12+14, d is A). 4 B). 1 C). 2 D). 3
___ 16. In the arithmetic series 2+4+6+8+10+12+14, n is A). 2 B). 14 C). 7 D). 9
5
___ 17. The expanded form of ∑ x i y i is A). x1y2+x2y3+x3y4+x4y5 B). x2y3+x3y4+x4y5+x5y6 C). x2y2+x3y3+x4y4+x5y5 D). x1y1+x2y2+x3y3+x5y5
i=2
1
___ 18. The expanded form of ∑ x i y i+1 is A). x-2y-2+x-1y-1+x0y0+x1y1 B). x-1y-1+x0y0+x1y1+x2y2 C). x-2y0+x-1y1+x0y2+x1y3 D). x-2y-1+x-1y0+x0y1+x1y2
i=−2
2
___ 19. The expanded form of ∑ ( a+b )i is A). (a+b)0+(a+b)1+(a+b)2 B). (a-b)0+(a-b)1+(a-b)2 C). (a+b)0-(a+b)1-(a+b)2 D). (a+b)2+(a+b)1+(a+b)0
i=0
3
___ 20. The expanded form of ∑ x 2 y i+ 1 is A). x2y3+x2y2+x2y1+3 B). x2y1+x2y2+x2y3+3 C). x2y2+x2y2+x2y2+3 D). x2y3+x2y3+x2y3+3
i=1
3 3 3
___ 21. The summation notation of the series of 2x1y2+2x2y3+2x3y4 is A). ∑ 2 xi yi B). ∑ 2 x i y i +1 C). ∑ 2 x i y i +2 D).
i=1 i=1 i=1
4
∑ 2 x i y i +1
i=1
3 3 3
___ 22. The summation notation of the series of 3x1y2+3x2y3+3x3y4 is A). ∑ 3 xi y 3
i
B). ∑ 2 xi y 2
i
C). ∑ 3 xi yi D).
i=1 i=1 i=1
3
∑ 3 xi y2
i=1
3 4 4 3
___ 23. The summation notation of the series of 2x2y2+2x2y3+2x2y4 is A). ∑ 2 x2 y 4 B). ∑ 2 xi y2 C). ∑ 2 x2 yi D). ∑ 2 xi yi
i=1 i=2 i=2 i=1
4 4 4 3
___ 24. The summation notation of the series of 5x2y2+5x3y3+5x4y4 is A). ∑ 5 x i y i B). ∑ 5 x i y 2 C). ∑ 5 x 2 y i D). ∑ 5 xi yi
i=2 i=2 i=2 i=1
n
___ 25. In the formula Sn = (a1 + an), Sn is A). Sum of the series B). Sequence Series C). Summation Notation D). Sum Expansion
2
n
___ 26. In the formula Sn = (a1 + an), n is A). Number Series B). Number of Terms C). Number of Sequence D). Terms
2
From numbers 27 to 40, solve for the solution as required.
___ 27. If the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence are 16, 19, 22, find its common difference. A). `1 B). 2 C). 3 D). 4
___ 28. If the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence are 16, 19, 22, find the 40th term A). 57 B). 40 C). 140 D). 133
___ 29. If the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence are 16, 19, 22, what term is 40 A). 3 B). 40 C). 9 D). 27
___ 30. If the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence are 16, 19, 22, find S40 A). 1490 B). 2980 C). 745 D). 40
___ 31. If the first term is 5, second term is 7, what is a5 ? A). 13 B). 12 C). 11 D). 9
___ 32. If the second term is 3, fourth term is -3 and number of terms is 6, what is its common difference? A). -3 B). -6 C). 0 D). 3
___ 33. If the first term is 0, common difference is 3, what is its S10? A). 27 B). 135 C). 270 D). 10
___ 34. If the first term is -6, common difference is 3 and number of terms is 7, find S7? A). 42 B). 21 C). 7 D). 18
___ 35. If the first term is 19, an is -11 and common difference is -5, find n? A). -5 B). 11 C). 5 D). 19
___ 36. If the first term is 12, an is 3 and Sn is 52.5, what is its common difference? A). 3 B). 5 C). 7 D). 12
___ 37. If the number of terms is 8, an is 17/3 and Sn is 80/3, what is its first term? A). 0 B). 1/3 C). 3 D). 1
___ 38. If the first term is -4/5, common difference is -3/5 and Sn is -116/5, what is its n? A). 8.62 B). 22.4 C). -22.4 D). -8.62
___ 39. In the sequence -2,-7,-12,-17,--22,-27,-32, find S4._A). -32 B). -38 C). -36 D). 38
___ 40. In the sequence -2,-7,-12,-17,--22,-27,-32, find S8._A). -132 B). -125 C). -156 D). -168

2. Proving : (Use until Theorem 3-18) ` A B
Given : CD ⊥ AB; CD bisects LACB
A D B
“A suspect in Nabunturan for murder was in Montevista at the time of the crime. Write an indirect argument to show
that the suspect did not commit the murder”.
6. Show that the quadrilateral with vertices at (-9,-1), (-5,-3), (5, 7) mand (3,11) is an isosceles trapezoid.00000
7. Prove analytically the statement “An isosceles triangle has two equal medians”.
8. Derive the quadratic formula, x =

−b ± √ b 2−4 ac . Assume the general c equation to be ax2 + bx + c = 0.
2a
9. Find the equations of the lines perpendicular to the line x – y + 3 = 0 and passing at a distance numerically twice as far
from the origin. Plot corresponding graphs.
C. PROBLEMS IN SOLID GEOMETRY
10. A right circular cylinder whose base is a circle of radius 5 units and a height of 10 units is to be converted into a right
prism whose base is a square and whose height is two-third that of the original height and of the same volume. Find
the dimensions of the converted solid.
11. A sphere of radius 4 units is placed atop a hollow cylinder of radius 3-1/2 units. What is the volume of that part of the
sphere engulfed (covered) by the cylinder assuming the thickness of the hollow cylinder is negligible.

2. Proving : (Use until Theorem 3-18) ` A B
A D B
“A suspect in Nabunturan for murder was in Montevista at the time of the crime. Write an indirect argument to show
that the suspect did not commit the murder”.
5. Show that the quadrilateral with vertices at (-9,-1), (-5,-3), (5, 7) and (3,11) is an isosceles trapezoid.
6. Prove analytically the statement “An isosceles triangle has two equal medians”.
7. Derive the quadratic formula, x =

2a
8. Find the equations of the lines perpendicular to the line x – y + 3 = 0 and passing at a distance numerically twice as far
from the origin. Plot corresponding graphs.
9. A right circular cylinder whose base is a circle of radius 5 units and a height of 10 units is to be converted into a right
prism whose base is a square and whose height is two-third that of the original height and of the same volume. Find
the dimensions of the converted solid.
10. A sphere of radius 4 units is placed atop a hollow cylinder of radius 3-1/2 units. What is the volume of that part of the
sphere engulfed (covered) by the cylinder assuming the thickness of the hollow cylinder is negligible.
GE 3 QUIZ 1A (Final) AY 23-24
A. Provide the arithmetic means required.

1). Find the 4 arithmetic means between 3 and 28.
2). Find the 4 arithmetic means between 16 and -4.
3). Find the 4 arithmetic means between - 6 and 24.
B. Solve for the problems in geometric progressions..
4). The sequence is given as 2, 6, 18, …. Determine its common
ratio and the next 3 terms.
5). Find the 7th term of the sequence if it starts with the two
1
terms and 1 in that order.
2
6). Fill up the 3 geometric means between the first two terms 3
and 9 the end terms of 729 and 2187.
D. Using the formula an = a1rn – 1, determine the required values.
9). First term if the common ratio is - 3 and a4 = - 108.
10). First term if the common ratio is 1/3 and a3 = 1/18.
Good luck …Good luck….God blesses…rtevangelio
GE 3 FINAL EXAMS 1ST SEM AY 2023-24
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
From number 1 to 10, identify the following:
___1. Terms having the same literal coefficient A). Literal Terms B). Similar terms C). Dissimilar Terms D). Coefficient Terms.
___2. An expression having only one term is called _____. A). Binomial B). Monomial C). Trinomial D). Polynomial.
___3. An expression having two or more terms is called _____. A). Monomial B). Binomial C). Trinomial D). Polynomial.
___4. An ordered set of items is called _____. A). Array B). Domain C). Sequence D). Range.
___5.. Individual entries of the sequence are called _____. A). Domain B). Expression C). Range D). Terms
___6. A collection of numbers in a fixed order. A). Domain B). Mathematical Expressions C). Mathematical sequence D). Array
___7. A function whose domain is the set of natural numbers. A). Domain B). Expression Function C). Array D). Sequence Function.
___8. The sum of the terms in a sequence is called ___. A). Sequence B).Progression C). Series D). SArithmetic
___9. A sequence in which the difference between any two consecutive terms is constant.
A). Ratio B). Arithmetic sequence C). Common Difference D). Geometric Sequence
___10.A sequence3 in which the ratio between any two consecutive terms is constant.
A). Ratio B). Arithmetic sequence C). Common Difference D). Geometric Sequence
From number 11 to 18, solve the following:
___11. 6.. 6(-1) – (2)2 = ___ A). -2 B). -10 C). 2 D). 10
___12. 12 ÷ 3 + 2(-1)2 = ___ A). 2 B). 12 C). 4 D). 6
___13. 10 – (10 ÷ 2) + (-5)(2) = ___ A). - 10 B). 5 C). - 5 D). 10
2 1 2 1 2 5
___14. . + - = ___ A). B). C). - D). 1
5 5 5 5 5 15
___15. 5(8a – 2b) – 7b = ___ A). 40a + 17b B). 40a - 17b C). 10b – 40a D). 40a – 10b
___16. 15x2 – 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x) = ___ A). 7x + x2B). – 6x2 + 12 C). -7x – x2 D). 7x – x2
___17. 3a(-b) + 4(-a)(b) + 7 – (-ab) = ___ A). -6ab + 7 B). 7ab – 6 C). 7ab + 6 D). 6ab - 7
___18. 2(x + y – z) – 4(2x + y – z) = ___ A). -6x – 2y + 2z B). 6x + 2y + 2z C). 6x – 2y – 2z D). 6x – 2y + 2z
___19. 3, 6, 9, 12, ___, ___, ___ A). 15, 18, 21 B). 12, 15, 18 C). 21, 18, 15 D). 18, 21, 24
___20. 1, 4, 7, 10, ___. ___, ___ A). 17, 27, 44 B). 5, 11, 17 C). 14, 18, 22 D). 13, 16, 18
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 5 7 7 10
___21. , ,1 , , ___, ___, ___ A). , , B). , , C). ,2 , D). 2, ,
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 9 3 3 3 3
___22. 2, 6, 18, 54, ___, ___, ___ A). 12, 24, 72 B). 162, 486, 1458 C). 108, 216, 432 D). 57, 60, 63
___23. 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, ___, ___, ___ A). 8, 11, 14 B). 8, 13, 18 C). 8, 13, 21 D). 8, 12, 16
___24. In an = 2n + 3, then 5, 7, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 12, 15 B). 9, 13, 17 C). 9, 11, 13 D). 9, 14, 19
___25. In an = n2 - 1, then 0, 3, ___, ___, ___ A). 9, 16, 25 B). 9, 11, 13 C). 8, 15, 24 D). 9, 13, 17
___26. In an = 5n, then 10, 15, ___,___,___ A). 30, 60, 120 B). 20, 25, 30 C). 10, 20, 30 D). 25, 30, 35
___27. In an = (2)n , then 1, 2, ___,___,___ A). 3, 4, 5 B). 3, 5, 9 C). 4, 6, 8 D). 4, 8, 16
1 2 4
___28. In an = (-3)n-1, then - , 1,___,___,___ A). , 2, B). 0, 1, 3 C). -3, 9, -27 D). 1, 3, 9
3 3 3
For numbers 29 to 38, answer as required.
___29. In the arithmetic series 2+4+6+8+10+12+14, a1 is A). 2 B). 14 C). 10 D). 8
___30. In the arithmetic series 2+4+6+8+10+12+14, a6 is A). 2 B). 12 C). 10 D). 8
___31. In the arithmetic series 2+4+6+8+10+12+14, d is A). 4 B). 1 C). 2 D). 3
___32. In the arithmetic series 2+4+6+8+10+12+14, n is A). 2 B). 14 C). 7 D). 9
5
___33. The expanded form of ∑ x i y i is A). x1y2+x2y3+x3y4+x4y5 B). x2y3+x3y4+x4y5+x5y6 C). x2y2+x3y3+x4y4+x5y5 D). x1y1+x2y2+x3y3+x5y5
i=2
2
___34. The expanded form of ∑ ( a+b )i is A). (a+b)0+(a+b)1+(a+b)2 B). (a-b)0+(a-b)1+(a-b)2 C). (a+b)0-(a+b)1-(a+b)2 D). (a+b)2+(a+b)1+(a+b)0
i=0
3
___35. The expanded form of ∑ x 2 y i+ 1 is A). x2y3+x2y2+x2y1+3 B). x2y1+x2y2+x2y3+3 C). x2y2+x2y2+x2y2+3 D). x2y3+x2y3+x2y3+3
i=1
3 3 3
___36. The summation notation of the series of 2x1y2+2x2y3+2x3y4 is A). ∑ 2 x i y i B). ∑ 2 x i y i +1 C). ∑ 2 x i y i +2 D).
i=1 i=1 i=1
4
∑ 2 x i y i +1
i=1
3 3 3 3
___37. The summation notation of the series of 3x1y2+3x2y3+3x3y4 is A). ∑ 3 x i y 3i B). ∑ 2 x i y 2i C). ∑ 3 xi yi D). ∑ 3 xi y2
i=1 i=1 i=1 i=1
3 4 4 3
___38. The summation notation of the series of 2x2y2+2x2y3+2x2y4 is A). ∑ 2 x2 y 4 B). ∑ 2 xi y2 C). ∑ 2 x2 yi D). ∑ 2 xi yi
i=1 i=2 i=2 i=1
n
From numbers 39 to 50, use the formula for arithmetic sequence an = a1 + (n-1)d and sum Sn = (a1 + an), to solve the following.
2
___39. If the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence are 16, 19, 22, find its common difference. A). `1 B). 2 C). 3 D). 4
___40. If the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence are 16, 19, 22, find the 40th term A). 57 B). 40 C). 140 D). 133
___41. If the first three terms of an arithmetic sequence are 16, 19, 22, find S40 A). 1490 B). 2980 C). 745 D). 40
___42. If the first term is 5, second term is 7, what is a5 ? A). 13 B). 12 C). 11 D). 9
___43. If the second term is 3, fourth term is -3 and number of terms is 6, what is its common difference? A). -3 B). -6 C). 0 D). 3
___44. If the first term is 0, common difference is 3, what is its S10? A). 27 B). 135 C). 270 D). 10
___45. If the first term is 19, an is -11 and common difference is -5, find n? A). -5 B). 11 C). 5 D). 19
___46. If the first term is 12, an is 3 and Sn is 52.5, what is its common difference? A). 3 B). 5 C). 7 D). 12
___47. If the number of terms is 8, an is 17/3 and Sn is 80/3, what is its first term? A). 0 B). 1/3 C). 3 D). 1
___48. In the sequence -2,-7,-12,-17,--22,-27,-32, find S4._ A). -32 B). -38 C). -36 D). 38
____49. Find the 4 arithmetic means between 3 and 28. A). 8, 13, 18, 23 B). 6, 12, 16, 23 C). 8, 12, 18, 24 D). 6, 10, 18, 23
____50. Find the 3 arithmetic means between 16 and -4. A). 8, 2, 0 B). 12, 8, 0 C). 11, 6, 1 D). 1, 6, 11
n
From numbers 51 to 58, use the formula for geometric sequence an = a1rn – 1 and sum Sn =
a(1−r ) , to solve the following.
1−r
___51. The sequence is given as 4, 12, 36, ___,___,___. The next 3 terms are … A). 72, 144, 288 B). 12, 36, 72, 108 C). 4, 12, 35 D).108, 324, 972
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
___52. The sequence is given as - , - , - , ___,___,___. The next 3 terms are … A).- ,- ,- B). , , C). ,- ,-
3 4 16 64 256 1024 6 8 32 6 8
1 1 1 1
D). , ,
32 64 256 1024
th
1
___53. Find the 8 term of the sequence if it starts with the two terms and 1 in that order. A). 32 B). 16 C). 64 D). 48
2
___54.. Fill up the 3 geometric means between the first term 10 the end terms of 160. A). 15, 25, 35 B). 5,10,15 C). 20, 40, 80 D). 30, 60, 120
___55. The three geometric means between 2 and 32 are. A). 2, 4, 6 B). 3, 6, 18 C). 4, 12, 18 D).4, 8, 16
___56. First term if the common ratio is - 5 and a4 = - 625. A). 5 B). 10 C).- 5 D). -10
1 4 16 64 125 23 123 25
___57. Find the sum of the series + + + . A). B). C). D).
3 15 75 375 123 25 125 23
4 8 203 25 125 25
___58. Find the sum of the series 5+2+ + A). B). C). D).
5 25 25 203 23 125
MATH 101 FINAL EXAMS 1ST Sem AY 23-24
A. Translate the given narrative or descriptions into its equivalent mathematical symbols or model (15%).
1. The sum of four consecutive odd integers.
2. The difference of a number and twice its reciprocal.
3. Twice the sum of x and y increased by six is twenty-five.
4. Thrice a number diminished by five is 14.
5. Four more than twice the sum of a and b.
7. A certain number added to four times that number.
8. The difference between the third and first of three consecutive numbers is equal to one-half the second.
9. Two more than, a certain number over three.
10. The product of a number and the next consecutive number is seven times the number.
B. Write each given intervals in two other ways not described in the problem (20%).
1. - 8 ≤ x - 3 ¿ -2 4. (-∝, -3]
2. ( -2, ∝ ) 5. - 4x ≥ -12
3. ʘ
0 10
C. Find the solution sets of the given inequalities to be described in interval forms. Sketch only the final graphs of
the final solution (25%).
1. 7(3 + 4x) ≤ 3(x - 6) - 8
x+2 2 x +3 x−2
2. – ¿5-
6 4 3
3. - 4 ≤ 3x + 4 ¿ 6
4. |3−2 x| ≤ 6
5. x2 – x - 2 ≤ 0
D. Linear Equations. Solve as required in the problem (40%)
1. Given a line passing through points A(0,4) and B(3, 7). Plot separately the corresponding graphs in item 1.a and item 1.b.
a). If a line passes through the origin (0, 0) and is parallel to the given line, what is the y-value (ordinate) of the other
point of this line if the x-value(abscissa) is 3.
b). If another line passes through (0, 4) of the given line and is perpendicular to it, at what point will this line intersect the x-axis?
2. Show by any method (slope or distance) that the points (-6, 5), (1, -2) and (3, -4) lie on a straight line. Plot the graph.
MATH 106a FINAL EXAMS 1ST Sem AY 23-24
A. Explain the following terms or phrases as used in the course of Differential Calculus (20%).
1. What is implicit differentiation?
2. How come that the word derivative or differentiation is used to describe its processes.
3. What is your understanding of one special process in differentiation called Chain Rule?
f ( x +∆ x ) f (x )
4. Why is it that the process of solving f’(x) = lim is sometimes called a three-step rule process of differentiation?
∆ x→ 0 ∆x
5. How do you gauge the importance of calculus in mathematics?
B. Differentiate the following (40%):

1. x = 3x3/2 – 4 x1/2 . Solve for dx/dt.
2. y = (x2 + 3)(x2 – x + 1). Solve for dy/dx.
2
3. f(x) =
3−x . Solve for f’(x).
2
x −2 x +5
4. y = x-1 (a2 + x2) 3/2 . Solve for dy/dx
−3
5. w = . Solve for dw/dt.
√16+ t2
C. Solve as required (40%).
. 1. x2 – 2x2y + y2 – 6x + 2y2 = 0. Solve for dy/dx.
√ √
2. ( xy + y ¿ 2 = 4x3 – y. Solve for dx/dy.
4
3. Solve for
d y if y = x5 + 2x4 + 3x3 – 5x + 7.
4
dx
Good luck …Good luck….God blesses…rtevange
MATH 115 FINAL EXAMS 1ST Sem AY 23-24
I. Explain briefly and concisely. Do not merely use definitions. Illustrate through examples if necessary (25%).
1. What is a feasible region in graphing the explicit and implicit constraints of a linear
programming problem?
4. When can we say that a certain business is a monopoly as based on the feasible region plotted with reference to the constraints?
6. Give a reason then explain why we had to add artificial variables whenever the constraint is greater than or equal to and we subtract
a surplus variable in minimization problems.
II. Problems. Determine the solution set using the methods as prescribed.
A. Two-Phase Simplex Method. (25%)) Max P = 5x1 + 4x2
s.t. 2x1 + x2 = 12
2x1 + 3x2 ≤ 24
x1 + 9x2 ≥ 36
x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0
A. Transportation Problem. Use NWC and Stepping Stone Method combination.(25%)
The Victoria Mining Company has two manufacturing plants and three distributors. Plant 1 can produce 400 units per period,
and plant 2 can produce 500 units per period. The requirements of distributors 1, 2 and 3 are 225, 235 and 350 units, respectively.
Shipping costs from plant 1 to distributors’ 1, 2 and 3 are P30, P23 and P25. The corresponding costs from plant 2 are P26, P35 and
P29. The objective is to find a plan of distribution that will yield the least cost.
B. Assignment Method. (25%)
Engr. Morasa has to assign 4 management teams to work on 4 projects. The costs charged by each team are as follows. Costs
are in thousands of pesos. Determine the least cost of assignment.
Projects
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700
I. Explain in your own words the following given terms or phrases. Illustrate in examples if necessary. (15%).
!. Bijective 6. Binary operations
a). Subtract (Base 5): 430022 - 144234
b). Divide (Base 4): 3212 ÷ 322
d). Determine whether cyclic or not. Write its elements and order. < Z 4, ⋅4 >
c). Convert 4352 (base 6) to base 2
e). Transform as a single permutation in S10 and as disjoint cycles. Find its order. (2 4 8)(1 5 2 4)(1 5 6 8)
1. Let G = {
( ac db) ε M2(R) / ad-bc ≠ 0} is a group. Show whether <
( a0 bc) , ● > is a subgroup.
2. Consider < R+, +> and <R, ⋅ >.

∅ : x → log x
3. Today is Tuesday. What day will be 354 days from now and 207 days before today? Show solutions.
MATH 108 ● First Prelims ● 2nd Semester AY 2023-24
A. Differentiate the following related terms. Give examples for comparison. (10%)
1. Constants and Variables
2. Partial and Ordinary Differential Equation
3. Particular and General Solution
4. Linear and Non-Linear Differential Equation
5. Initial and Boundary Value Problems
B. Review Problems. Evaluate the following as prescribed. (30%)
1. ∫ sec2 x tan 2 x dx Using Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas.
2. ∫ e sin x dx
x
Using Integration by Parts
3. ∫
√ x2 −1 dx Using Trigonometric Substitution
x
C. Fill up the blanks in the table provided. (20%)
1. y”- 2y’ = 5y
3
∂ U ∂V
2. + – 2ry =V
∂y
3
∂r
3 2
d x d x dx
3. −2 +3 +
dt
3
dt
2
dt
1=0
4 2
∂ U ∂V
4. 4
+2 - 3xy + 5
∂y ∂ x∂ y
=0
5. 3xdy + 2ydx – 5 = 0
D. Show whether the functions in Column I is a solution to the corresponding differential equation in column II. (20%)
I II
3
y = Ax3 + Bx-4 -
x x2y” + 2xy’ – 12y = 2x2
3
E. Problem . A particle moves along the x-axis so that its instantaneous acceleration is given as a function of time t by
a = 10 – 12t2. At times t=2 and t=3, the particle is located at x=0, and x = -40, respectively. Determine the position and velocity
of the particle at t=1.(20%)
MATH 107 PRELIM EXAM 2nd AY 23-24
A. Differentiate the following:

2
t
1. y = ln sin2x 4. y = 2
1+ 3t
2. F(x) = sin32x cos 2x2
5. x3y + 3x2y2 – y3 = 6 . Solve for dy/dx
2x
3. y = x3 e− x
B. Evaluate the following:
∫(x )
4 1
1. 3
+ 2 x −1 dx
3 4. ∫ 4 y 2 √6 y 3 −5 dy
( )
(2 x +1)
2. ∫ √33 x − √34 x dx 5. ∫
3 ( 1−x−x )
2 2 dx
3. ∫ √3 6−x dx
C. Applications.
1. Plot the curve of the function f(x) = x3 – 5x + 6. Determine the maximum and minimum points if present, as well
as inflection point. Draw a table for reference of the critical values and other information.
2. Determine the area of the region bounded by the parabola y = 9 – x2, the x-axis and the y-axis in the first
quadrant. Use only the vertical element.
3. Determine the area bounded by the line 2x – 3y = 0, x-axis and x = 3. Use only the horizontal element.
Good luck…good luck…God blesses… ….rtevangelio
MATH 108 ● Midterm Exams ● 2nd Semester AY 2023-24
General direction: Solve using the method as prescribed:

2
dy 3 x+x y
A. Separation of Variables. 1. =-
dx 2
2 y+x y
B. Transformation of Variables. 2. (x – 4y) dx + (3x – 2y) dy = 0
dy 2 y x3 y
3. = + + x tan 2 by the transformation y = vx2.
dx x y x
2
dx x sec y
C. Intuitive Idea of Exactness. 4. =
dy sin 2 x−tan y
5. (2x + 2xy2) dx + (x2y + 2y + 3y3) dy = 0
D. Linear First Order Equation. 6. y’ + y cot x = cos x
Good Luck ….Good luck ….God blesses….rtevangelio
Math 107 Midterm Exams 2024
A. Evaluate the following integrals.

dy
1. ∫ y ¿¿ ¿ 3. ∫ sin 2 2 x csc 2 2 x dx
tan θ
dw
2. ∫ ecos 2dθ
θ
4. ∫ 6 w−2−9 w2
B. Evaluate the following integrals as prescribed.
5
5. ∫ cossin32 3x xdx (Transformation by trigonometric formulas)
6. ∫ x (2 x−1)7 dx (Integration by Parts)
7. ∫ √ 4−4 x 2 dx ( Trigonometric Substitution)
C. Application. Plane area. Determine the area bounded by the parabola x2 = 4 – y and the line 2x + y – 4 = 0.
8. Using the vertical element.
9. Using the horizontal element.
MATH 108 FINAL EXAMS
A. Write each in “operator notation” or the equivalent differential equation form depending on what are given. (10%0
2
d y dy
1. +3 + 2y = x3
dx
3
dx
2. (x2D2 + 3xD – 2)y = sin 2x + 3
3. SIV(t) + 2S”(t) – 8S(t) = 2 cos 2t + 3t
4. (D6 – 6D5 + 12D4 – 6D3 – 9D2 + 12D – 4)y = 0
5. x2y” – 2xy’ + 2y = ln x
B. Complete the entries in the table. (15%)
D.E. yc yp y
(D2 + 4)y = 4e2x yc = c1 cos 2x + c2 sin 2x 1 2x 1
yp = e
2
(D2 + 4D + 4)y = 6 sin 3x 2 3 30 72
Y = c1e-2x + c2xe-2x - sin 3x - cos 3x
169 169
(D2 + 4D + 9)y = x2 + 3x 4 5 2
x 19 x
Y = c1e-2x cos √ 5x + c2e-2x sin √ 5x +
9
+
81
94
-
729
6 7 8 y = c1e3x + c2e2x + ex
3 2
(D - 6D + 11D - 6)y = 0 9 10 y = c1ex + c2e2x + c3e3x
C. Solve as required in the problems. (45%)
1. Method of Inspection. (x3 + 2xy2 – x) dx + (x3y + 2y3 – 2y) dy = 0
2. Equations immediately integrable. 3yIV = ex – e-x; y(0) = y”(0) = y”’(0) = 0
3. Equation having dependent variable missing. x2y” + (y’)2 = 0
4. Equation having independent variable missing. yy” + 2(y’)2 = 0
5. Clairaut Equation. y – xy’ = (y’)3
D. Linear Differential Equations. (30%)
1. Write the general solution of the differential equation whose roots are as follows: -1, -i, i, -2, 1, 1, 1, 1± 2i, ± 2 ,± 2 i
2. Find the solution satisfying the given condition of s”(t) – 3s’(t) + 2s(t) = 8t2 + 12e-t ; s(0) = 0, s’(0) = 0
3. Find the general solution of y” + 4y = 8 cos 2x – 4x
Math 107 Final Exams 2024

xdx A B
A. Transform the given integrals into its equivalent integrable forms (ie. ∫ x 2−4 = x+2 +
x−2
). Do not entirely solve its
integrals. (20%)
( x−1 ) dx ( x 3−1 ) dx ( x2−2 x−3 ) dx ( x−2 ) dx
1).∫ x 3−x 2−2 x 2). ∫ x 2 (x−2) 3). ∫ (x −1)(x 2 +2 x+2) 4). ∫ x ( x 2−4 x +5)2 5).
( x 2−2 x +1 ) dx
∫ x ( x+ 2)(x 2 +3)2
B. Shade the region formed by the given boundaries. Label all essential parts like the equations of the boundaries, points of
intersections and draw one element (horizontal or vertical) described by its width and length and essential points. (30%)
1). y = x2, x-axis, x = 2 2). 4x + 3y = 12, y = 2, y-axis 3). y = 9 – x2, y = 2x + 1, y-axis, 1st quadrant
C. Evaluate the following integrals. (20%)
( x−1 ) dx ( x2−2 x−3 ) dx
1). ∫ x 3−x 2−2 x 2). ∫ (x −1)(x 2 +2 x+2)
D. Application. Determine the solid of revolution generated by the element perpendicular to the axis of revolution of the region
bounded by the line 4x + 3y – 12 = 0, y = 2 and the y-axis.
1). About the y-axis 2). About the x-axis
MATH 113 FINAL EXAMS – 2ND Sem AY 2024
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________

___ 1. Graphical representation of data consisting midpoints A). Histo0gram B). Frequency ogive C). Frequency polygon D). Cartograph
___ 2. Graphical representation of data when a chart is revised for goodness of fit.
A). Frequency ogive B). Normal curve C). Histogram D). Cartogram
___ 3. The total area under a normal curve is A). 2.0 square units B). 1.5 square units C). 0.5 square units D). 1.0 square units
___ 4. In a normalized curve, the area are subdivided using A). Standard Variation B). Variance C). Means D). Percentage
___ 5. The center of a normalized curve equivalent to zero is A). Zero percent B). Standard Deviation C). Pop. Means D). Zero variance
For numbers 6 to 10, given that there are 200 students in Mathematics taking up the final examinations with an overall average of 80.5
and standard deviation of 3.4.
___6. If a student got a score of 90, his z score is A). 3.79 B). 3.4 C). 2.49 D). 2.79.
___ 7. Another student got a score of 75, his z score is A). -1.62 B). - 3.4 C). - 2.79 D). -1.79.
___ 8. If the passing score is 73, the number of passing students is A). 100 B). 97 C). 197 D). 127
___ 9. If students with grades 90 and above be honors, how many are qualified. A). 1 B). 0 C). 2 D). 3..
___10. The number of students who failed is A). 1 B). 0 C). 2 D). 3
___11. Test of relationship used to determine the strength of association between two nominal variables.
A). t-test B). Point-biserial C. Spearman rho D. Pearson r
___ 12. Test of relationship used when one variable is categorized into a real dichotomy and the other variable is intervally-scaled.
A). t-test B). Spearman rho C. Pearson r D. Chi-square
___ 13. Test of relationship used to measure correlation when the variables are of the interval or ratio-type of measurement.
___ 14. Test of relationship used when the values of both the x and y variables are of ordinaql or rank-ordered.
___ 15. Test of relationship used when two means of 20 correlated samples are compared. A). t-test B). Chi-square C). Z-test D). ANOVA
___ 16. Test of relationship used when two means of 50 samples are compared. A). t-test B). Chi-square C). Z-test D). ANOVA
___ 17. Test of relationship used when three or more means are compared simultaneously. A). t-test B). Chi-square C). Z-test D). ANOVA
___ 18. Refers to the statistical methods used for selecting test items for inclusion in a test.
A). Item analysis B). Item Validity C). Item Difficulty D). Item Discrimination
___ 19. Refers to the ability of an item to differentiate on the basis of how well it is known.
___ 20. Refers to the measure of how challenging an individual test item is for the takers.
___ 21. Refers to the characteristics that cannot be directly observed, and can be measured by observing other associated results.
A). Item analysis B). Construct Validity C). Content Validity D). Criterion Validity
___ 22. Refers to the assessment whether a test is representative of all aspects needed.
___ 23. Refers to the evaluation how well a test can predict a concrete outcome approximating another test results.
___ 24. Reliability test measuring the consistency of results when one repeats the same test.
A). Split-half B). Test-retest C). Parallel Form D). Internal-consistency method
___ 25. Reliability test measuring the correlation between two equivalent versions of a test.
___ 26. Reliability test assessing the internal consistency of a test or measure by dividing the test into two.
___ 27. Research instrument to gather data using person to person exchange by the collector and the respondent.
A). Questionnaire B). Interview C). Observation D). Experiment
___ 28. Research instrument to gather data regarding attitudes, values and other related data when subject cannot talk or write.
___ 29. Research instrument to gather data wherein the collector manipulated one or more variables to observe the outcome.
___ 30. Research instrument to gather data wherein the written responses are given to prepared questions.
From numbers 31 to 35, given four sections of 3rd year students took the aptitude test. The sections A, B, C and D were 32, 30, 25 and 50
students respectively.
___ 31. If the statistician wishes to compare all means all at one time, the test is A). t-test B). Chi-square C). Z-test D). ANOVA
___ 32. If the final computed result is less than the tabular result. A). Reject Ho B). Accept Ho C). Neither Reject or Accept D). No solution
___ 33. If the final computed result is more than the tabular result. A). Reject Ho B). Accept Ho C). Neither Reject or Accept D). No solution
___ 34. If the statistician opted to compare by pairs instead, the test is. A). t-test B). Chi-square C). Z-test D). ANOVA
___ 35. The pairing in number 34 is A). A vs B, B vs C , C vs D B). A vs D, B vs C, A vs C C). A vs D, B vs D, C vs D D). All of the above.
MATH 250 REMEDIAL EXAM 1ST SEM AY 2024 S-1

Name : ________________________________
General Direction: Choose only 3 problems out of the 5 problems you think you know best the solution. Just be sure 2 out
of 3 are correct otherwise, you forfeit the chance to pass. OR solve all problems and hopefully solved
all 5 (no unfinished solution) and garnered a passing score. Passing score is 50%.
1. Graphical Method 2. Informal Simplex 3. Simplex in Tableau 4. Table Form by 5. Two-phase Simplex
Format Dantzig
Max P = 10x + 20y Max P = 4x + 5y Max P = 50x + 40y Min C = 3x + 12y Min C = 40x + 50y
s.t. y + 4x ≤ 8 s.t. 2x + 3y ≤ 24 s.t. 2x + y ≥ 12 s.t. 5x + y ≥ 7 s.t. 2x + y ≤ 12
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≤ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
Name : ________________________________
Format Dantzig
s.t. y + 4x ≤ 8 s.t. 2x + 3y ≤ 24 s.t. 2x + y ≥ 12 s.t. 5x + y ≥ 7 s.t. 2x + y = 12
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y ≥24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y = 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0

Name : ________________________________
Format Dantzig
Max P = 10x + 20y Max P = 5x + 4y Max P = 50x + 40y Min C = 3y + 12x Min C = 50x + 40y
s.t. y + 4x ≥ 8 s.t. 2x + 3y ≥ 24 s.t. 2x + y ≥ 12 s.t. 5x + y ≤ 7 s.t. 2x + y ≤ 12
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0

Name : ________________________________
Format Dantzig
s.t. y + 4x ≤ 8 s.t. 2x + 3y ≤ 24 s.t. 2x + y ¿ 12 s.t. 5x + y ≥ 7 s.t. 2x + y ≤ 12
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≥ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
. .
.
a). Find
MATH 112 FINAL EXAMS 2NDthe coefficient
SEM AY 22-23matrix.
d). Solve for the unknowns using row operations.
A. Solve as required and As prescribed.
ordinary addition and ʘ as ordinary multiplication”. Show why with properties (3), (4) and b. You may
use counterexample as possible proof.


[ 10 −13 ] [ 10 12]
, A2 = and A3 =
combinations of
[ 33 −23 ] .
4. Show whether the set { t3 + t2 + 1, t3 – 1, t3 + t2 + t} is a basis of P3.
MATH 112 FINAL EXAMS 2ND SEM AY 2024

A. Solve as required and As prescribed.
ordinary addition and ʘ as ordinary multiplication”. Show why with properties (3), (4) and b. You may use
counterexample as possible proof.


[ 10 −13 ] [ 10 12]
, A2 = and A3 =
combinations of
[ 33 −23 ] .
4. Show whether the set { t3 + 2t2 + 1, t3 – 1, t3 + t2 + t} is a basis of P3.

III. Solve as required.

[] [] [] []
1 1 −1 −1
1. In R3, is α 1 = −2 , α 1 =
0 ,α 1 = −2 of α = 2 ?
3 −2 0 3
2. In 2R2, is A1 = [
1 −2
0 1
, A2 = ] [ ] [
1 0
1 2
, A3 =
2
−1
1
−1 ]
of A =
−3 1
2 −2[? ]
3. In R4, does {[ 1 2 1 0 ], [ 1 1 −1 0 ], [ 0 0 0 1 ] } span ?
4. In P2, does { t2 – 1, t + 1, t2 + 1} span ?

5. In R3, the given set is { [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 1 1 0 ] }.

6. In P3, the given set of vectors is { t3 + t2 + 1, t3 – 1, t3 + t2 + t }

III. Solve as required.

[] [] [] []
1 1 −1 1
1. 3
α α
In R , is 1 = −2 , 1 = 0 α
, 1 = −2 of α = −2 ?
3 −2 0 3
2. In 2R2, is A1 =[1 −2
0 1 ] [ ] [
, A2 =
1 0
1 2
, A3 =
2
−1
1
−1 ]
of A =
1 0
[
2 −1
? ]
3. In R4, does {[ 1 1 0 0 ], [ 1 2 −1 1 ] , [ 0 0 1 1 ] ,[ 2 1 2 1 ] } span ?
4. In P2, does { t – 1, t2 + t + 1, t + 1} span ?

5. In R3, the given set is { [ 1 1 0 ] , [ 2 3 4 ] }.

6. In P3, the given set of vectors is { t3 – t, t3 + t2 + 1, t – 1 }
MATH 230 LONG QUIZ
A. Differentiate the following related terms. Discuss briefly and concisely. Do not merely define. Illustrate
with figures or examples if necessary (20%).
A. Explain the following terms or phrases as it is used. Use illustrations or diagrams or graphs if necessary.
1. Vector Addition 6. Scalar multiplication
2. Zero Vector 7. Closed under the operation
3. Vector Spaces 8. Subspaces
4. Linear Combination 9. Vector Spanning
5. Linear Dependence 10. Basis
A. Consider the linear system : 2x1 + 3x2 – 3x3 + x4 = 18 a). Find the coefficient matrix.
3x1 + 2x3 = 0 b). Write the system in matrix form, AX = B.
2x1 + 3x2 – 4x4 = - 1 c). Find the augmented matrix.
d). Solve for the unknowns using row operations.
x3 + x4 = - 1
[ ][ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A=
[ 1 2 3
2 1 4 ]
,B= 2 1
3 2
,C= 4 1 5
2 1 3
,D=
[ 3 −2
2 5 ] ,E= 0 1 4
3 2 1
If possible, compute a). (C + E)’ b). AC + AE c). BA + D2
[ ]
1 −3 −2
D. Let A= 4 6 2 . a). Write A as a sum of a symmetric and skew symmetric matrices.
5 −1 3
E. Solve for the inverse of, A-1, of the matrix A in problem II-D using the process of [A:I] → [I: A−1].
[ ]
−1 2 3 1
F. Let A be a 3x4 matrix. Find the resulting matrix B if A = 0 3 −1 4 using elementary matrices E’s and premultiply to
2 −3 2 1
A,
ie. EA, when performed in the sequence of row operations on A as follows: a). Multiplies the third row of A by – 3;
IV. Solve as required in the problems (60%):

D. Solve for the unknown values using elimination then substitution.
x + 3y = - 4
2x + 5y = - 8
X + 3y = - 5
E. Consider the linear system 2x1 + 3x2 – 3x3 + x4 + x5 = 7
3x1 + 2x3 + 3x5 = - 2
2x1 + 3x2 – 4x4 =3
x3 + x4 + x5 = 5
[ ] [ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A= [ 1 2 3
2 1 4 ]
,B= 2 1 ,C= 4
3 2
1 5 ,D=
2 1 3
3 −2
2 5
,E= 0 1 4
3 2 1
[ ]
a). (C + E)’ b). AC + AE c). BA + D2
[ ]
1 −3 −2
D. Let A = 4 6 2 .
5 −1 3
V. Proving (20%):
[]
a
7. Show whether b is a subspace of R3.
0
IV. Solve as required in the problems (60%):

C. Solve for the unknown values using elimination then substitution.
x+ y=1
2x - y = 5
3x + 4y = 2
F. Consider the linear system 3x1 + 2x3 + 4x5 = 2
2x1 + 5x2 3x5 = 7
x1 - 2x2 + x3 + 2x4 =-2
x3 - 2x4 + x5 = 5
[ ] [ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A=[1 2 3
2 1 4 ]
,B= 2 1 ,C= 4
3 2
1 5 ,D=
2 1 3
3 −2
2 5
,E= 0 1 4
3 2 1
[ ]
a). C’ + E’ b). AE + AE c). AB + D2
[ ]
3 −2 1
D. Let A = 5 2 3.
−1 6 2
b). Adds 4 times the fourth row of A to the first row of A;
c). Interchanges the second and third row of A.
D. Proving (20%):
[]
a
9. Show whether a is a subspace of R3.
c
A. Consider the linear system : 2x1 + 3x2 – 3x3 + x4 = 18

3x1 + 2x3 = 0
2x1 + 3x2 – 4x4 = - 1
x3 + x4 = - 1
[ ][ ] [ ]
1 0 3 −1 3 2 −4 5
C. Given: A=
[ 1 2 3
2 1 4 ] ,B= 2 1
3 2
,C= 4 1 5
2 1 3
,D=
[ 3 −2
2 5 ] ,E= 0 1 4
3 2 1
If possible, compute a). (C + E)’ b). AC + AE c). BA + D2
[ ]
1 −3 −2
D. Let A= 4 6 2 . a). Write A as a sum of a symmetric and skew symmetric matrices.
5 −1 3
E. Solve for the inverse of, A-1, of the matrix A in problem II-D using the process of [A:I] → [I: A−1].
[ ]
−1 2 3 1
F. Let A be a 3x4 matrix. Find the resulting matrix B if A = 0 3 −1 4 using elementary matrices E’s and premultiply to
2 −3 2 1
A,
ie. EA, when performed in the sequence of row operations on A as follows: a). Multiplies the third row of A by – 3;

Group A – Isolde Basco, Carlo del Rosario Jr., Christ Jun Olarte, Khan Gleen Dale Naval
F. Refresher course. Differentiate the following.

6. y = 2x log10 (4x2 – 1)
7. y = ln2 (1 + e-2t)2
2
3t
8. x = 2
1−3 t
G. Evaluate the following integrals.
4
(1+2 lnx)
5. ∫ 2x
dx
sec θ tanθ dθ
6. ∫
2 sec θ+3
x
e dx
7. ∫ 3
x
( 6 e + 1) 2
2
cos 2 x dx
8. ∫
1−sin 2 x
H. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas

3. ∫ 2 cos 2 x sin 2 x dx
3 4
4. ∫ tan4 2 y dy
I. Applications. Determine the area as prescribed of the region bounded by the given equations.

Group B – Angel Villarmino, Jonil Villaroya, Aurelyn Zamora
E. Refresher course. Differentiate the following.

4. y = x2 log10 (3x2 – 1)
5. y = ln3 (1 - e2t)3
2
1−3 t
6. x = 2
4t
F. Evaluate the following integrals.

3
(1−lnx)
5. ∫ 3 x dx
csc θ cot θ dθ
6. ∫
1−csc θ
2θ
e dθ
7. ∫ 1
2θ 2
(1+3 e )
2
sin 2 y dy
8. ∫
1+ cos 2 y
G. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas

3. ∫ 3 sin 2 x cos 2 x dx
3 4
4. ∫ cot 4 3 x dx
H. Applications. Determine the area as prescribed of the region bounded by the given equations.

J. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

9. 15x2 - 6x(x – 2) – x(5 + 10x)
10. (a2n – 7an + 12)(an + 3)
13.
√3 r 2 s ∙ √ 15 rs5
√ 80 rs
K. Solve for the unknowns as required.
5x 2x 3x
6 3 2
n(a−t)
5. s = Solve for t.
2−n
L. Find the solution sets of the given inequality in interval form. Plot the solution set in a graph.
x−1 x−2
4. +x≤4-
5 3
5. ¿ 8 – 2x |¿ 7
M. Find the domain and range of the given functions. Plot respective graphs.
{
2
4. f(x) ¿
x −3if ∧x >0
x+ 2if ∧x ≤ 0
5. f(x) = sgn (x + 1) + U(x)
N. For the functions f(x) = x2 – 4x + 3 and g(x) = √ 2 x +1. Find the following.
3. g(x + a) – f(a)
4. g ° f

Group B – MG Andrada, JL Cabucos, CJM Caga, JJ Estrosas, SM Maisog, R Tan
F. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

6. 13x3 - 6x2(3 - 7x) – 6x(3x - 9)
7. (b2m – 4bm + 10)(bm - 1)
8. Divide (18y3 – 18y2 - 6) by (4y2 + 2 – 3y)
c √ 4 cd
10.
√32 c 2 d 2
G. Solve for the unknowns as required.
3x 1 x
10 2 5
2(a+t )
5. s = Solve for t.
n+1
H. Find the solution sets of the given inequality in interval form. Plot the solution set in a graph.
x+1 x−2
4. x - ≥ +5
3 2
5. ¿ 2x + 8 |¿ 9
I. Find the domain and range of the given functions. Plot respective graphs.
{
2
15. f(x) ¿
2−x if ∧x <1
2 x−1 if ∧x ≥ 1
6. f(x) = U (x) + sgn (x - 1)
J. For the functions f(x) = x2 – 4x + 3 and g(x) = √ 2 x +1. Find the following.
3. f(x + a) – g(a)
4. f ° g
D. Formulate the mathematical model of the following linear problem. Use table to show solutions.
minimize his cost?
E. Convert the following inequalities into a new program of equations.

2. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y = 20
2x + 3y = 24 2x + y ≤ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
F. Solve the following linear problems as prescribed. Draw conclusion for each solutions.
s.t. x ≤ 20
y ≤ 30
x + y ≤ 48
x ≥0, y ≥0
s.t. 2x + y = 12
2x + 3y ≥ 24
2x + 9y ≤ 36
x ≥0, y ≥0
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥0, y ≥0, z ≥ 0

2. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a). (A ∆ C) – (B ∩ C)
b). [(A – B) ∩ (A ∪ C)] ∆ (B ∆ C)
c). (B ∩ C) x (A – B)
a). [A ∪ B ∪ C] ∩ (A – B)
b). (B ∆ C) ∩ (A ∪ B)
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β : x →
3
a). (x)α 2 β
b). (x)α β 2
c). (x) β 3
B. Proving.
2 2
n (n+1)
4
Let A=R
Let β : R* → R where R* = R \ {0}
1
β:x→
x

2. Given: U = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}; A = {1,3,5,7,9}, B = {0,2,4,6,8}, C = {0,1,3,6,8}
Find: a). (B ∆ C) – (A ∩ C)
b). [(B ∩ C) - (A ∆ C)] ∆ (A ∪ B)
c). (A - C) x (B ∩ C)
a). (A ∩B) ∆ (B ∪ C)
b). (B ∪ A) - (A ∩ C)
2
x −1
α : x → 2x + 1 β : x →
3
a). (x) β 2 α
b). (x) β α 2
c). (x)α 3
B. Proving.
n(2 n−1)(2 n+1)
3
Let A=R
Let γ :Z→Z
γ : x → 2x + 1

GENERAL DIRECTION. Solve as required in the problems.
D. Operation with Events.
4. An experiment involves tossing a die and then flipping a coin once if the number on the
die is even. If the number on the die is odd, the coin is flipped twice. Using the notation
4H, for example, to denote the simple event that the die comes up 4 then the coin
comes up heads, and 3HT to denote the simple event that the die comes up 3 followed
by a head and then a tail on the coin, list the 18 elements of the sample space S.
5. If S = {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}, A = {2,4,7,9}, B = {1,3,5,7,9}, C = {2,3,4,5}, and D={1,6,7}, list the

elements of the sets corresponding to the following events:
(a). A’ ∪ C (b). B ∩ C’ (c). (S ∩ B’)’
(d). (C’ ∩ D) ∪ B (e). (B ∩ C’) ∪ A (f). A ∩ C ∩ D’
E. Counting Sample Points.
committee?
F. Probability of an Event.


MATH 113 FIRST PRELIM EXAM 2nd Sem AY 23-24
A. Identify the following:

1. Point measure dividing the distribution into ten parts.
2. The middlemost item in an array.
3. Refers to the number of observations within a category.
4. Data presented in its original form as raw data.
5. Refers to the class width or class length.
6. Form of grouping data into non-numerical categories.
7. The most prevailing, fashionable item in a group of data.
8. The end marks or end values of each class interval.
9. Point measure dividing the distribution into 100 parts.
10. Point measure dividing the distribution into four parts.
1. Given the following scores in an exam as follows: 10,12,12,14,15,16,16, 17,17,18. Determine the following:
a). Mean b). Median c). Average Deviation d). Standard Deviation
2. Given the table.
Find: a). Mean
Class Frequency b). Median
19.5 – 22.5 2 c). Mode using the formula
16.5 – 19.5 6 d). Mean Absolute Deviation
13.5 – 16.5 4 e). Quartile Deviation
10.5 – 13.5 3
3. Given the following scores of each of students in Math and English respectively: (90, 60),(78, 80), (55,50), (26, 75), (67, 43), (32, 27)
Do the following: a). Plot the scattergram.
b). Solve for the Y = a + bX and plot its graph superimposed in the scattergram.
c). Determine the relationship of the scores using Pearson r and spearman rho.
d). Explain the interpretation in 3-c why is it so?
GE 3 PRELIM EXAMS – 1ST Sem AY 2024-25
Name : ___________________________________ Course/Year: _____________________________________
I. FILL IN THE BLANKS IN THE LEFT HAND CORNER WITH THE LETTER CORRESPONDING TO THE ANSWER : (20%)
___ 1. Nature of Mathematics includes A). Much of it are discovered B). Science of quantity C). Golden Ratio D). Flower’s petals
___ 2. Definition of Mathematics includes A). Fibonacci Sequence B). Optimized language C). Symbolic language D). Fractals
___ 3. Ishango bone found in the Nile River 20,000 years ago is a bone of A). human B). ape C). baboon D). tree trunk
___ 4. Ishango bone found in the Nile River 20,000 years ago is about A). celestial movement B). counting instrument
C). changes in temperature D). menstrual cycle
___ 5. The beginning of Mathematics dates back as A). old as humanity B). old as Pythagoras C). old as Earth D). old as 20000 years.
___ 6. The form of a honeycomb is A). pentagon B). circular C). heptagon D). octagon
___ 7. Feathery snow crystals which nucleated from dust particles are called A). snow flakes B). snow rain C). snow particles
D). snow dust
___ 8., Objects whose smaller parts looks similar to the bigger part is called A). fractional B).similarity C). symmetrical
D). fractals
___ 9. Stripes in zebras are necessary for . A). camouflage B). body temperature C). confuse predators D). enhance beauty.
___10. Golden ratio is equal to A). 1.728 B). 1.518 C). 2.618 D). 1.618
II. SIMPLIFY THE GIVEN EXPRESSIONS IN ITS SIMPLEST FORM AND SOLUTION (40%)
1). 4 – 3 + (-3) + (-3) 4 6). 5y + y – 2a + 3a
2). 6(-1) – (-3)2 7). (2a)(-10a2y)(5by)
3). 12 ÷ (-2) + 2(-1) 3
8). (2x)(3x3)(4xy2z)
4). 20 – (10 ÷ 2) + 5(-2) 9). x(x3 + x2 + x + 1) – (x3 + x2 + x + 1)
1 2 1 2
5). 2a + 3b – 10a + 8b 10). + - +
5 5 5 5
III. PERFORM THE INDICATED OPERATIONS. SIMPLIFY (40%).
1). Multiply (3x + 4) and (6x + 1) 5). Factor 4x2 + 16x + 16
1 1
2). Multiply ( - 3x) and ( + 3x) 6). Factor ax – ay – by + bx
2 2
1
3). Multiply (2y + )2 7). Divide -48y3 + 30y2 – 18y by 6y using long division
4
4). Factor 2x + x2 8). Divide 3x3 + x + 7 by x – 3 using synthetic division
MATH 114 PRELIM EXAMS – 1ST Sem AY 2024-25
A. Determine the required sets using listing method.

1. Given: U = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9} Find: 1. [( A ∩ B) ∆ ( A – C )] ∩ A
A = {0, 2, 4, 6, 8} 2. [( A U B ) ∩ ( C – B)] ∆ (A ∩ C)
B = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} 3. (B ∩ C ) X ( A – C )
C = {0, 2, 5, 7, 9}
2. Disregarding the elements provided in A, Plot: 4. ( B ∆ C ) - ( A ∩ B )
draw the Venn diagrams determined by the 5. [( B U A) ∩ C ] ∆ ( A - B )
given relationships.
B. Solve as required
1. Determine x and then check of the equation x2 + 2x + 4 = 0.
2. Determine the single command equivalent to the given series of command. Show solutions. a). (A -2)5R13I12L10 b). R-373L54A-3
3. Decide whether the statement “The square of every real number is positive” is a theorem. If it is prove it. If not, give a
counterexample.
n(n+1)(n+ 2)
4. Show that 1· 2 + 2· 3 + 3· 4 + … + n(n + 1) = .
3
5. Let R = set of integers. Define aRb if and only if ab ¿ 0. Determine whether R is an equivalence relation.
A. Formulate the mathematical model of the given situations provided (15%).

1. A manufacturer produces bicycles and motorcycles, each of which must be processed through two machine centers. Machine center 1 has a
maximum of 120 hours available and machine center 2 has a maximum of 180 hours available. A bicycle requires 6 hours in machine center 1
and 3 hours in machine canter 2. Manufacturing a motorcycle requires 4 hours in machine center 1 and 10 hours in machine center 2. If the
profit is P450 for each bicycle and P2500 for a motorcycle, determine the number of bicycles and number of motorcycles to produce to
maximize profit, considering that the number of motorcycles must not exceed 12 units and bicycles must be at least 10 units.
2. Four foods X1, X2, X3 and X4 are to be produced. X1 contains 2 calories, no vitamin and costs P40 per unit. X2 contains no calorie, 2 units of
vitamins and costs P100. X3 contains 1 unit of calorie, 1 unit of vitamin and costs P120 per unit. X4 contains 3 units of calories, 2 units of
vitamins and costs P150 per unit. The minimum calorie requirement is 15 units and the minimum vitamin requirements is 8 units. How much of
each food should be produced to satisfy these requirements and to minimize the total cost?
B. Graph the solution sets of the given system of inequalities (30%)
1). Max P = 80x + 20y 2. Min C = 15x + 4y
s.t. x ≤ 20 s.t. 2x + y ≥ 12
y ≤ 30 2x + 9y ≥ 36
x + y ≥ 48 2x + 3y ≤ 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
C. Determine the system of inequalities corresponding to the solution sets in the graph (15%).
Y
(0,20)
(0,10)
(0,5)
(5,0) (10,0) x
D. Draw conclusions of the linear programming problems using geometric/graphical methods. In each of the problems, superimpose
two isoprofit lines for maximization and two isocost lines for minimization (40%).
1). Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 10x + 2y
s.t. 2x + y ≤ 12 s.t. x + y ≥ 10
2x + 9y ≥ 36 3x + y ≤ 12
2x + 3y = 24 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
A. Name the property/definition that justifies each of the following statements. (Closure, commutativity, associativity, distributive,
inverse, zero property) (10%)
1). (a+4) + 5 = (4+a) + 5 3). 3a · (5x – 3y) = 15x – 9ay 5). a + [3b + (-3b)] = a + 0
2). (x + y) + 0 = x + y 4). (x + 5y)

( x+15 y ) =1
B. Name the equality property that justifies each of the following statements. (Reflexive, symmetric, transitive, addition property,
multiplication property, substitution) (10%)
x+5
1). If 3a = 10, then 10= 3a 3). If x + y and y = z+7, then x = z + 7 5). If = 0, then x + 5 = 0
2
x−7 x−7
2). = 4). If x – (y–2) = y + 4, then x = y+4 + (y-2)
4 4
C. Perform the indicated operations and simplify (40%).
3 6 4 2 5 3 3 3
25 r s t −50 r s t −5rs t
1). (3x2 + 5x) + (4x2 – 5) – (6x2 – x) – (4x – 5) 4). 3 2
5 rs t
2). (a2n – 7an + 12)(an + 3) 5). (3x2 + 2xy + 12x + 6y) ÷ (x + 4) using synthetic division
3). (3x + 2y + z)4 using the Pascal Triangle
D. Solve as required. Simplify in its simplest form (40%).
( )
−1 −1 −6
√5 x 2
y 3
1). 3). 5). (2√ 3 - 5√ 2 )(2√ 3 + 2)
√7 + √3 3
2
1
6
2x x
1
2). √4 m 4
n 4
√m n √m n
– 2mn 2 2
-n 3 3
4). 2 -
3−
2
x
MATH 106a PRELIM EXAMS – 1ST Sem AY 2024-25
A. Find the solution sets in interval and descriptive forms and plot its corresponding graphs (25%).
2 x−4 x+1
1). – 3x ¿ 2x - 2). |4−3 x| ≤ 5 3). 3x2 + 5x – 2 ≥ 0
5 3
B. Find the domain and range of the given functions then plot their respective graphs (25%).
{
2
2−x if x <1
1). f(x) = √ 1−2 x 2). f(x) =
2 x +1 if x ≥ 1
3). f(x) = sgn (x + 2) + U (x + 1)
C. Evaluate the indicated limits (25%).

3 x−1
1). lim 2 2). lim
√ x−1 3). lim
3 2
3 x −4 x −8 x+ 8
x→
1 9 x −1 x →1 x−1 x →2 2 x−4
3
D. Solve as required (25%).
1). Given: f(x) = 3x2 – 1; g(x) = √ 2−x 2). Determine whether the function is continuous or not.
Find : a). f ° g b). g ° f c). g ° g Plot corresponding graph.
{
1−x if x ≤−1
x+ 2if −1< x <1 ; a=1
f(x) =
2if x=1
2 x +1if x <1
GE 3 MIDTERM EXAMINATIONS 1ST Sem AY 24-25
I. FILL IN THE BLANKS WITH LETTERS CORRESPONDING TO THE RIGHT CHOICE (30%).
___1. A mathematical expression which is either true or false. `A). Math sentence B). Verbal Phrase C). Algebraic Expression D).False
Math Sentence
___2. A math expression containing numbers, variables represented by letters and math operations.
A).Math sentence B). Verbal phrase C). Algebraic expression D). False Math Sentence
___3. Math language has no equivalent words for joy and sadness. It is A).Non-temporal B). Precise & concise C). Futuristic sense D). No emotional
content
___4. A group of characters or symbols representing a quantity or expressions. A).Verbal phrase B). Math expression C). False Math sentence D). True
Math sentence
___5. A math expression which could be true or false depending on the values of unknown quantities.
A). True Math sentence B). False Math sentence C). Open Math sentence D). Algebraic expression
___6. Math language has no past, present or future. It is A). Non-temporal B).Precise & concise C). No emotional content D).Futuristic tense
___7. Math language is exact and accurate. It is A). Non-temporal B). Precise and concise C).No emotional content D).Futuristic sense
___8. A math expression which is known to be true or false depending on the values of the unknowns
A). True Math Sentence B). Open Math sentence C). False Math Sentence D). Close Math sentence
___9. The set of all elements outside of the prescribed set and operation but also in the universal set. A). Set complement B).Universal Set C). Null set
D).Subset
___10. Two sets A and B have the same number of elements only. A). Equivalent sets B).Equal sets C). Similar sets D). Empty
sets.
___11. Describing the set of elements in an interval by enumerating them. A).Roster Method B). Descriptive Method C).Enumeration Method D).Set-
builder Method
___12. The relation between the sets whose elements can also be found in another set. A). Related Sets B). Equivalent sets C). Subset
D). Null Set
___13. The set of all elements that belong to either sets or both of sets paired. A).Intersection B). Symmetric Difference C). Union
D). Difference ___14. Any group or collection of objects. A). Elements B). Roster C).Bunch D). Set
___15. Describing the set of elements in an interval with a compact narrative with x such that x. A).Enumeration B).Roster Method C). Set-builder
Notation D).Listing
___16. Two sets A and B have exactly the same elements. A). Equivalent B). Similar sets C).Null set D). Equal
___17. The set of all elements common to both sets paired. A).Symmetric Difference B).Union C).Difference D).
Intersection of sets
___18. A set with no element. A). Null set B).Equivalent set C).Equal Set D).Similar set
___19. The set of all elements in the investigation under consideration. A). Null Set B). Universal Set C).Equivalent Sets D).Equal
Sets
___20. Point measure representing a set of data considering the distribution into four parts. A). Quartile B).Decile C).Percentile
D).Modal
___21. Data gathered and presented in tables of rows and columns. A). Ungrouped data B). Grouped Data C). Raw data
D).Frequency Data
___22. Pictorial representation of a frequency distribution using bar graphs. A). Histogram B). Pie Chart C).Frequency Polygon D). Normal
Curve
___23. Point measure representing a set of data considering the distribution into ten parts. A) Percentile. B).Quartile C). Decile
D).Modal
___24. Point measure representing a set of data considering the most prevailing item. A). Percentile B).Decile C). Mode
D).Quartile
___25. Point measure representing a set of data considering the distribution into a hundred parts. A). Decile B).Decile C).Mean
D). Percentile
___26. Point measure representing a set of data considering the average of all the items. A).Decile B) Mean C). Modal
D).Median
___27. A pictorial representation of sets in graphic circles within an enclosing rectangle. A).Histogram B). Venn Diagram C).Frequency Polygon
D).Pie Chart
___28. A pictorial representation of a frequency distribution using line chart. A). Histogram B). Frequency Polygon C).Pie Chart
D).Venn Diagram
___29. Data gathered and presented in its original form. A).Grouped Data B).Frequency Data C).Ogive D). Ungrouped data
___30. Point measure representing a set of data considering the middlemost item. A). Modal B). Mean C). Median
D). Range
II. TRANSLATE THE VERBAL PHRASES INTO ITS EQUIVALENT MATHEMATICAL SENTENCES. (10%)
1. Two hundred pesos is taken away from Jun’s allowance and what is left is 450 pesos.
2. The average of ten quizzes is 85.
3. A fifth of the books in my collection and two-third in my father’s collection make 250 books.
4. The sum of three consecutive even integers is 72.
5. Twice a number is added to the number giving 90.
III. TRANSFORM INTO EXPANDED FORM AND/OR SUMMATION NOTATION (10%).

5
X I +Y I+1
1, ∑ 2
0
2
2. ∑ a3 bi−1
−2
3. 3x3 + 4x4 + 5x5 + 6x6 + 7x7
4. 2Y1 + 3Y2 + 4Y3 +5Y4 + 4
5. a0 – a1 + a2 – a3
IV. SOLVE AS REQUIRED.
A). (15%) The sports clinic data yielded the following information on 200 male participants. 120 play soccer; 110 plays basketball; and, 45 play
both
soccer and basketball. Sketch the Venn Diagram and use it to answer the following:
a). How many play only soccer?
b). How many play only basketball?;
c). How many do not play either soccer or basketball?
B). (15%) Shade the region represented by the following sets.
a). [(A U B) ∩ (B – C)] ∆ (A ∩ C)
b). [(A ∩ B) U (B ∩ C) U (A ∩C)]’ – (A U B U C)’
V. GIVEN A FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION TABLE (20%).
a). X =
∑ fx
N
b). Mdn = +
( )
2
f
c
Class f
32.5-35.5 2
29.5-32.5 3
26.5-29.5 6
23.5-26.5 4
20.5-23.5 1
Good Luck……Good Luck…..God blesses…..rtevangelio
MATH 210 ● Long Quiz ● 1st Semester AY 2024-2025

1). Proving : (Use until Theorem 3-18) ` A B
Prove : ABCD is a parallelogram
2). Proving : (Use until Theorem 4-6) C D C
A D B
3).Indirect Proving: “A suspect in Nabunturan for murder was in Montevista at the time of the crime. Write an
!). Show that the quadrilateral with vertices at (-9,-1), (-5,-3), (5, 7) and (3,11) is an isosceles trapezoid.
2). Derive the quadratic formula, x =

2a
3). Find the equations of the lines perpendicular to the line x – y + 3 = 0 and passing at a distance numerically
twice as far from the origin. Plot corresponding graphs.
A solid sphere has a diameter of 10 centimeters. If the volume is Maintained and transformed into another solid form, what will be its
dimensions in cube form? Its height if converted into a right circular cone having a circular base of radius 3 centimeters? Its height if converted
into a right pyramid with a square base of side 5 centimeters?
Good luck….good luck….God blesses….rtevangelio
G. Formulate the mathematical model of the following linear problem. Use table to show solutions.
5. A trash-removal company carries industrial waste in sealed containers in its fleet of trucks. Each container from P & V Corp. weighs 6
pounds and is one cubic feet in volume, while each container from R & S Corp. weighs 12 pounds and is 4 cubic feet in volume. The
company charges the P & V Corp. P6.00 for each container carried on a trip and P3.00 for each container from the R & S Corp. If a
truck cannot carry more than 18,000 pounds and cannot accommodate more than 5,000 cubic feet in volume, how many containers
from each company should be carried in one truck on each trip to maximize the income of the trash-removal company?
6. An animal food producer mixes two types of animal food: x and y. Each unit of x costs P100.00 and contains 40 grams of fat, 20
grams of protein and 1600 calories. Each unit of y costs P80.00 and contains 60 grams of fat, 60 grams of protein and 1200 calories.
Suppose the producer wants each unit of the final product to yield at least 360 grams of fat, at least 240 grams of protein and at
least 9600 calories, how many of each type of grain should the producer use to minimize his cost?
H. Convert the following inequalities into a new program of equations.
3. Max P = 80x + 70y 2. Min C = 20x + 10y
Subject to: 2x + y ≤ 12 Subject to: x+y≥6
2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 4y = 20
2x + 3y = 24 2x + y ≤ 5
x, y ≥ 0 x, y ≥ 0
I. Solve the following linear problems as prescribed. Draw conclusion for each solutions.
s.t. x ≤ 20
y ≤ 30
x + y ≤ 48
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
s.t. 2x + y = 12
2x + 3y ≥ 24
2x + 9y ≤ 36
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
s.t. x+y+z≥6
2x + 4y + z = 20
2x + y ≤ 5
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, z ≥ 0

1 1 1
F. Sequence Function. Find a formula of the sequence {1, , , , … }.
4 9 16
6
G. Series. Expand ∑ ( k−1 ) x k.
k =2
H. Exponential / Logarithmic Function.
5 −x
4x e
(x +1)
I. Arithmetic Series. The first 3 terms of the sequence are 18, 22, 26. Find the 38th term.
J. Geometric Series. Write the first 5 terms of the sequence whose nth term is an = 3(-2)n-1.

12. Linear Equations Problems. A right triangle has its right angle at (-4,1) and the equation of one of its legs
is 2x-3y+11=0. Find the equation of the other leg. Plot the essential graphs.
number.
are they now?
hectares in 8 days?
MATH 230 ● LONG QUIZ ● 1st Sem. AY 2024A-2025

A. Explain briefly and concisely. Do not merely use definitions. Illustrate through examples if necessary (15%).
a surplus
variable in minimization problems.
B. Choose only 3 problems out of the 5 problems you know best. If you solve all the problems, only the first three will be checked.
(40%)
1. Graphical Method 2. Informal Simplex 3. Simplex in Tableau Format 4. Table Form by Dantzig 5. Two-phase Simplex
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≤ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
The Victoria Mining Company has two manufacturing plants and three distributors. Plant 1 can produce 400 units per period, and plant 2 can produce
500 units per period. The requirements of distributors 1, 2 and 3 are 225, 235 and 350 units, respectively. Shipping costs from plant 1 to distributors’ 1, 2
and 3 are P30, P23 and P25. The corresponding costs from plant 2 are P26, P35 and P29. The objective is to find a plan of distribution that will yield the
least cost.
D. Assignment Method. (20%)
Engr. Morasa has to assign 4 management teams to work on 4 projects. The costs charged by each team are as follows. Costs are in thousands of
pesos. Determine the least cost of assignment. Projects
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700
MATH 230 ● LONG QUIZ ● 1st Sem. AY 2024B-2025

a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y ≥ 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y = 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700
MATH 230 ● LONG QUIZ ● 1st Sem. AY 2024C-2025
a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700
MATH 230 ● LONG QUIZ ● 1st Sem. AY 2024D-2025
a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≥ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700

a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≤ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700

a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y ≥ 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y = 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700
a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700

a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≥ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700

a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≤ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700
a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≥ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y ≥ 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y = 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 10001
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700

a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≤ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y = 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≤ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700

a surplus
(40%)
2y + x ≥ 6 2x + 9y ≤ 36 2x + 3y ≤ 24 x + 3y ≥ 4 2x + 3y = 24
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x + 5y ≥ 25 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
least cost.
1 2 3 4
Teams A 1900 1400 1200 1800
B 1000 1200 1500 1000
C 1600 900 1100 1400
D 2000 1600 1300 1700

Assignments and Quizzes Part III - For Merge 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Assignments and Quizzes Part III - For Merge 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Assignments and Quizzes Part III - For Merge 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

M101 Quiz No 1 Sept 18, 2020 (Pass before 12:00 MN)

A. Perform the operation then simplify.

5. (8xy + 7wz)(8xy – 5wz)

B. Factor the following.

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

M123 Quiz No 1 Sept 18, 2020 (Pass before 12:00 MN)

A. Solve as required the following:

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

A. Find the solution set of the following:

B. Formulate the mathematical models of the given situations.

C. Convert the following into a new program of equations.

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

M107 Quiz No 1 Sept 23, 2020 (Pass before 12:00 MN)

A. Differentiate the following:

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

General Direction: Solve as required.

1. Solve for x then check 4x2 + 3x + 5 = 0

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

M123 Quiz No 2 Oct 09, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)

A. Solve as required the following:

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

M115 Quiz No 2 Oct 09, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)

A. Find the solution set by the graphical method:

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

A. Determine whether the given sets are equivalent relations.

B. Given : α :R→R β :R→R

C. Show whether γ :RxR→RxR

M107 Quiz No 2 Oct 17, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)

A. Evaluate the following intervals.

MATH 107 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 A

MATH 107 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 B

Group B – Angel Villarmino, Jonil Villaroya, Aurelyn Zamora

A. Refresher course. Differentiate the following.

B. Evaluate the following integrals.

C. Transformation by Trigonometric Formulas

MATH 101 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 A

Group A – KP Agad, LB Ambalong, K Ampusta, FR Coma, ML Matunhay, JM Segura

A. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

MATH 101 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 B

A. Perform the following operations then simplify if possible.

MATH 115 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

MATH 114 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 A

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

MATH 114 ● Midterm Examinations ● 1st Semester AY 2020-2021 B

A. Prove whether the following qualifies as a group.

General direction: Solve the following problems as required.

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

E. Prove whether the following qualifies as a group.

F. Solve for the unknowns in the operations. Show detailed computations.

G. Solve as required in the problems.

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

M115 Quiz No 1 Nov. 17, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)

1. Use Big M to solve the given linear problem

2. Use Two-Phase Simplex Method to solve the following

M123 Quiz No 2 Nov 20, 2020 (Pass before 10:00 PM)

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio

2. Boundaries: Lines x – y + 1 = 0, 3x + 2y – 12 = 0; y – axis

Good luck…good luck…God bless…rtevangelio